WO2022240641A1 - High-throughput assay for identification of myc inhibitors - Google Patents
High-throughput assay for identification of myc inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022240641A1 WO2022240641A1 PCT/US2022/027766 US2022027766W WO2022240641A1 WO 2022240641 A1 WO2022240641 A1 WO 2022240641A1 US 2022027766 W US2022027766 W US 2022027766W WO 2022240641 A1 WO2022240641 A1 WO 2022240641A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- myc
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- compound
- inhibitor
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title description 38
- 238000012203 high throughput assay Methods 0.000 title description 4
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 229940124160 Myc inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 153
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 37
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 36
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 32
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000006527 (C1-C5) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 7-[(z)-3-methyl-4-(4-methyl-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl)but-2-enoxy]chromen-2-one Chemical group C=1C=C2C=CC(=O)OC2=CC=1OC/C=C(/C)CC1OC(=O)C(C)=C1 CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 108
- -1 pH 6.0 Substances 0.000 description 91
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 73
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 67
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 62
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 57
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 56
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 54
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 51
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 51
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 35
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 26
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 26
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 23
- GTTDVYCKFQYVNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(furan-2-yl)-6-(4-nitrophenyl)pyridin-4-yl]benzamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)N)=CC=C1C1=CC(C=2OC=CC=2)=NC(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)=C1 GTTDVYCKFQYVNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 20
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000006588 heterocycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 230000006548 oncogenic transformation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 10
- 101710150912 Myc protein Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- KMJPYSQOCBYMCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitro-n-(2-phenylphenyl)-2,1,3-benzoxadiazol-7-amine Chemical compound C12=NON=C2C([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 KMJPYSQOCBYMCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- NZCHHEFOTMKOJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K [6-[[3-carboxy-4-(3-oxido-6-oxoxanthen-9-yl)phenyl]carbamothioylamino]hexoxy-oxidophosphoryl] [5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl phosphate Chemical compound O1C(COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OCCCCCCNC(=S)NC=2C=C(C(=CC=2)C2=C3C=CC(=O)C=C3OC3=CC([O-])=CC=C32)C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1N1C=CC(=O)NC1=O NZCHHEFOTMKOJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 8
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000006582 (C5-C6) heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 7
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical group [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 108010029660 Intrinsically Disordered Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 201000007924 marginal zone B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000021937 marginal zone lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 6
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000005717 substituted cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 201000005787 hematologic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000035502 ADME Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000028564 B-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 102100038561 Highly divergent homeobox Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000012575 bio-layer interferometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane Natural products ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000024200 hematopoietic and lymphoid system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 4
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical group O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- PZBFGYYEXUXCOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N TCEP Chemical compound OC(=O)CCP(CCC(O)=O)CCC(O)=O PZBFGYYEXUXCOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- GLNDAGDHSLMOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 120 Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C GLNDAGDHSLMOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004775 coumarins Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008482 dysregulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002489 hematologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003563 lymphoid tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002911 monocyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 206010028537 myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091008819 oncoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000027450 oncoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003405 preventing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004885 tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride Natural products C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 3
- SVXDHPADAXBMFB-JXMROGBWSA-N (5e)-5-[(4-ethylphenyl)methylidene]-2-sulfanylidene-1,3-thiazolidin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC(CC)=CC=C1\C=C\1C(=O)NC(=S)S/1 SVXDHPADAXBMFB-JXMROGBWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SDTORDSXCYSNTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxy-4-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methoxymethyl]benzene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1COCC1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 SDTORDSXCYSNTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010073478 Anaplastic large-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DYRCRIODASBLHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(#N)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=NC(=CC(=C1)C1=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1)C=1OC=CC=1 Chemical compound C(#N)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=NC(=CC(=C1)C1=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1)C=1OC=CC=1 DYRCRIODASBLHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005698 Diels-Alder reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108091035710 E-box Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001327 Förster resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 101000964478 Homo sapiens Zinc finger and BTB domain-containing protein 17 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010020631 Hypergammaglobulinaemia benign monoclonal Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032004 Large-Cell Anaplastic Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091057508 Myc family Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000003793 Myelodysplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010067387 Myelodysplastic syndrome transformation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014767 Myeloproliferative disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027190 Peripheral T-cell lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000007452 Plasmacytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000033766 Prolymphocytic Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100026558 Protein max Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000033501 Refractory anemia with excess blasts Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000399119 Spio Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000031672 T-Cell Peripheral Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027585 T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000033559 Waldenström macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006241 alcohol protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 2
- AFYCEAFSNDLKSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 460 Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C21 AFYCEAFSNDLKSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000004101 esophageal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-BJUDXGSMSA-N fluorine-18 atom Chemical compound [18F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 201000003444 follicular lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);iron(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Fe+2].[Fe+3].[Fe+3] WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012933 kinetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000011649 lymphoblastic lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000020968 mature T-cell and NK-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000000248 mediastinal malignant lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NSPJNIDYTSSIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxy(methoxymethoxy)methane Chemical compound COCOCOC NSPJNIDYTSSIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000005328 monoclonal gammopathy of uncertain significance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108700024542 myc Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000005962 mycosis fungoides Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016586 myelodysplastic syndrome with excess blasts Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 2
- QYSGYZVSCZSLHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N octafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F QYSGYZVSCZSLHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004065 perflutren Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004983 pleiotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000017805 post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000003476 primary myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000023933 refractory anemia with excess blasts in transformation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003393 splenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004769 (C1-C4) alkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCCO1 IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCO1 JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILWJAOPQHOZXAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithianyl Chemical group [CH]1SCCCS1 ILWJAOPQHOZXAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolanyl Chemical group [CH]1SCCS1 FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDVSFIUKWUTKES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-2-(chloromethyl)benzene Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1Br DDVSFIUKWUTKES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 102000010400 1-phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000004564 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- AOYNUTHNTBLRMT-SLPGGIOYSA-N 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-aldehydo-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](F)C=O AOYNUTHNTBLRMT-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023761 AL amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010507 Adenocarcinoma of Lung Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005440 Basal Cell Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004406 C3-C8 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Si](C)C Chemical compound C[Si](C)C DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001269524 Dura Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700011215 E-Box Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014733 Endometrial cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031637 Erythroblastic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036566 Erythroleukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032027 Essential Thrombocythemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022072 Gallbladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010915 Glioblastoma multiforme Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010073069 Hepatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000585703 Homo sapiens Protein L-Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001056111 Homo sapiens Protein max Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001092185 Homo sapiens Regulator of cell cycle RGCC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021042 Hypopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056305 Hypopharyngeal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091008036 Immune checkpoint proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053574 Immunoblastic lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005531 Immunoglobulin Light-chain Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AMDBBAQNWSUWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ioversol Chemical compound OCCN(C(=O)CO)C1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C1I AMDBBAQNWSUWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100037845 Isocitrate dehydrogenase [NADP], mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031671 Large B-Cell Diffuse Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023825 Laryngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062038 Lip neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003791 MALT lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000037364 MAPK/ERK pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010064912 Malignant transformation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032271 Malignant tumor of penis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025169 Max-binding protein MNT Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005450 Maxillary Sinus Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006957 Michael reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010060880 Monoclonal gammopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001894 Nasopharyngeal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061306 Nasopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-BJUDXGSMSA-N Nitrogen-13 Chemical compound [13N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910003849 O-Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910003872 O—Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108091007960 PI3Ks Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035591 POU domain, class 2, transcription factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710084411 POU domain, class 2, transcription factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002774 Paraproteinemias Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000821 Parathyroid Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002471 Penile Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034299 Penile cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021161 Plasma cell disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035610 Pleural Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010065857 Primary Effusion Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010036673 Primary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030128 Protein L-Myc Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710192572 Protein max Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100035542 Regulator of cell cycle RGCC Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-OIOBTWANSA-N Rubidium-82 Chemical compound [82Rb] IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011542 SDS running buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000009359 Sezary Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021388 Sezary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042971 T-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005485 Thrombocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062129 Tongue neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006275 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083111 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047741 Vulval cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004354 Vulvar Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100040761 Zinc finger and BTB domain-containing protein 17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021841 acute erythroid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024447 adrenal gland neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- YVPYQUNUQOZFHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N amidotrizoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=C(I)C(NC(C)=O)=C(I)C(C(O)=O)=C1I YVPYQUNUQOZFHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002424 anti-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- GPRLTFBKWDERLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[2.2.2]octane Chemical group C1CC2CCC1CC2 GPRLTFBKWDERLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHOMMGQAMRXRRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane Chemical group C1C2CC1CCC2 SHOMMGQAMRXRRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNTFBMAGLFYMMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane Chemical group C1CC2CCC1CCC2 GNTFBMAGLFYMMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNTGVOIBBXFMLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical group C1CCC2CCCC1C2 WNTGVOIBBXFMLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVLCIHRZDOKRLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane Chemical group C1C2CCC1CCCC2 KVLCIHRZDOKRLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026900 bile duct neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003969 blast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-BJUDXGSMSA-N carbon-11 Chemical compound [11C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006369 cell cycle progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009614 chemical analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012069 chiral reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000006990 cholangiocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008711 chromosomal rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010902 chronic myelomonocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000013056 classic Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dcm dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl.ClCCl DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004652 decahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002074 deregulated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005423 diatrizoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005959 diazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012818 diffuse large B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical compound [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007336 electrophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001973 epigenetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N etoac etoac Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017188 evasion or tolerance of host immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003325 follicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000010175 gallbladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005251 gamma ray Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005459 gum cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004837 gut-associated lymphoid tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005179 haloacetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000589 high-performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000006866 hypopharynx cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002871 immunocytoma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004246 indolin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=C([H])C2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NBQNWMBBSKPBAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodixanol Chemical compound IC=1C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C=1N(C(=O)C)CC(O)CN(C(C)=O)C1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C1I NBQNWMBBSKPBAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004359 iodixanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HVTICUPFWKNHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoethane Chemical compound CCI HVTICUPFWKNHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTHXOOBQLCIOLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iohexol Chemical compound OCC(O)CN(C(=O)C)C1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C1I NTHXOOBQLCIOLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001025 iohexol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XQZXYNRDCRIARQ-LURJTMIESA-N iopamidol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)C(=O)NC1=C(I)C(C(=O)NC(CO)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NC(CO)CO)=C1I XQZXYNRDCRIARQ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004647 iopamidol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002603 iopromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DGAIEPBNLOQYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N iopromide Chemical compound COCC(=O)NC1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C(I)C(C(=O)N(C)CC(O)CO)=C1I DGAIEPBNLOQYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004537 ioversol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940029407 ioxaglate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TYYBFXNZMFNZJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ioxaglic acid Chemical compound CNC(=O)C1=C(I)C(N(C)C(C)=O)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(=O)NC=2C(=C(C(=O)NCCO)C(I)=C(C(O)=O)C=2I)I)=C1I TYYBFXNZMFNZJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUMLTINZBQPNGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ioxilan Chemical compound OCC(O)CN(C(=O)C)C1=C(I)C(C(=O)NCCO)=C(I)C(C(=O)NCC(O)CO)=C1I UUMLTINZBQPNGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002611 ioxilan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005969 isothiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003971 isoxazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010023841 laryngeal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000006721 lip cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000527 lymphocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007919 lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000036212 malign transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026045 malignant tumor of parathyroid gland Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000004488 maxillary sinus cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019303 maxillary sinus carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- COTNUBDHGSIOTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meoh methanol Chemical compound OC.OC COTNUBDHGSIOTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GGGDNPWHMNJRFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N metrizoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C)C1=C(I)C(NC(C)=O)=C(I)C(C(O)=O)=C1I GGGDNPWHMNJRFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004712 metrizoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037524 mixed cellularity Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091005573 modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035118 modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940031182 nanoparticles iron oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003739 neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960005419 nitrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical group C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009437 off-target effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700030515 omomyc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002246 oncogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005963 oxadiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005882 oxadiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005968 oxazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-BJUDXGSMSA-N oxygen-15 atom Chemical compound [15O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002741 palatine tonsil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003154 papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029211 papillomatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004624 perflexane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010034674 peritonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001986 peyer's patch Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002743 phosphorus functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000031223 plasma cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000003437 pleural cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008423 pleurisy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229930010796 primary metabolite Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000003652 pro-growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000013777 protein digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121649 protein inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012268 protein inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000941 radioactive substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-MDEJGZGSSA-N reserpine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2C[C@@H]3C4=C(C5=CC=C(OC)C=C5N4)CCN3C[C@H]2C1)C(=O)OC)OC)C(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-MDEJGZGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000006845 reticulosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029922 reticulum cell sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010845 search algorithm Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007659 semicarbazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AIDBEARHLBRLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;dodecyl sulfate;2-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCOCC1.CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O AIDBEARHLBRLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037959 spinal tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010051423 streptavidin-agarose Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002128 sulfonyl halide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002381 testicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran thf Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C1CCOC1 WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005958 tetrahydrothienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005304 thiadiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005305 thiadiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZCUFMDLYAMJYST-UHFFFAOYSA-N thorium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Th]=O ZCUFMDLYAMJYST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006134 tongue cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000759 toxicological effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108091006107 transcriptional repressors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 125000005455 trithianyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046885 vaginal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013139 vaginal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000005102 vulva cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001086 yeast two-hybrid system Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to high-throughput screening assay for identifying MYC inhibitor scaffolds using a fluorescent small molecule probe.
- the present disclosure further relates to pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for treating cancer with the MYC inhibitors identified via the high-throughput screening assay described herein.
- MYC v-myc myelocytomatosis viral oncogene homolog
- the proto-oncogene c-myc encodes a transcription factor (MYC) that controls cell proliferation.
- MYC also plays a role in regulating cell cycle, cell growth, angiogenesis, apoptosis, and oncogenesis. MYC is involved in almost all cancers, and a gain of function in MYC is seen in nearly all human cancers.
- MYC myeloid leukemia
- MYC helix-loop-helix leucine zipper
- MYC and MAX are both intrinsically disordered proteins (IDP) that heterodimerize and bind preferentially to the palindromic E-box motif in DNA to stimulate or promote transcriptional activity (Ji et al., PLoS One , 2011, 6, e26057; Nie et al., Cell , 2012, 151, 68-79; and Lin et al., Cell, 2012, 151, 56-67).
- Dysregulation of MYC family gene/proteins occurs in over half of all human tumors and is recognized as a general hallmark of cancer initiation and maintenance (Adhikary et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol.
- MYC has been implicated in immune evasion by regulating immune checkpoint genes (Casey et al., Blood, 2018, 131, 2007-2015). Furthermore, MYC has been found to have unexpected roles in cancers that nominally have a non-MYC etiology (Soucek et al., Genes Dev., 2013, 27, 504- 513; Liu et al., Nat. Med., 2011, 17, 1116-1120).
- MYC is a pleiotropic transcription factor, yet it possesses broad pathogenic prominence making it a wished cancer target. This MYC dichotomy has produced a forbidding fear that inhibiting a gene that controls essential cellular activities would lead to unacceptable side effects in vivo.
- studies involving the systemic inhibition of MYC through conditional expression of a dominant-negative Omomyc allele in tumorbearing mice have demonstrated dramatic losses of tumor phenotypes in lung adenocarcinomas (Soucek et al., Genes Dev., 2013, 27, 504-513; Beaulieu et al., Sci. Transl. Med., 2019, 11, eaar5012).
- Glioblastomas (Annibali et al., Nat. Commun., 2014, 5, 4632), skin papillomatosis (Soucek et al., Cell Death Differ., 2004, 11, 1038-1045), and pancreatic tumors (Sodir et al., Genes Dev., 2011, 25, 907-915). This occurs without intolerable side- effects and those which do occur are reversible when MYC inhibition is relieved. Furthermore, this absence of toxicity has to a large extent been mirrored by small molecules at therapeutic concentrations (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Stellas et al., J. Natl.
- MYC is a pleiotropic transcription factor
- its inhibition has had only mild and reversible side effects to normal tissues in adult animals indicating that a therapeutic window is achievable despite global MYC inhibition.
- This lack of structure and instability greatly impairs the ability to structurally or biophysically characterize MYC interactions.
- PPI interfaces are highly dynamic and expansive areas (flat, featureless and relatively large) that are challenging to disrupt with low molecular weight entities (Mabonga et al., Biophys. Rev., 201911, 559-581). Even so, a number of inhibitors capable of interfering with the MYC-MAX dimer have been identified, demonstrating the feasibility of this strategy (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Stellas et al., J.
- FRET Forster resonance energy transfer
- fluorescence polarization Hardt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561
- bimolecular fluorescence/luciferase complementation Karl et al., Chem. Biol., 2006, 13, 745-751; Choi et al., ACS Chem. Biol., 2017, 12, 2715-2719
- electrophoretic mobility shift EMSA
- HTS high-throughput screening
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl.
- L 1 is a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof, and Q is a fluorophore.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, or -OH. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen.
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, -NO 2 , or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO 2 , thiazolyl, or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -CN.
- L 1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NH- or - NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- Q is a coumarin derivative. In embodiments, Q is
- the compound is 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method of identifying a test compound as a MYC inhibitor comprising: incubating a fluorescent probe with MYC, thereby forming a probe-MYC complex. Incubating the test compound with the probe-MYC complex. Measuring emission from test compound incubated with probe-MYC complex, and identifying the test compound as MYC inhibitor when detected fluorescence signal decreased in the presence of the test compound relative to the detected fluorescence signal in the absence of the test compound.
- the fluorescent probe is a compound of formula I:
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl.
- L 1 is bond, -S(O) 2 -, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof, and Q is a fluorophore.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, or -OH. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen.
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, -NO 2 , or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO 2 , thiazolyl, or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -CN.
- L 1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NH- or - NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- Q is a coumarin derivative. In embodiments, Q is [0023] In embodiments, the compound is 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- MYC inhibitor which is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a MYC inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- the disease is cancer.
- FIG. 1 A depicts the process of the high-throughput screening assay for MYC inhibitor.
- FIG. IB shows chemical structures of MYC inhibitor KJ-Pyr-9 and fluorescent probe 1 (derived from KJ-Pyr-9).
- FIG. 2 shows fluorescence enhancement of fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC. Emission sweep of 1 (5 mM, excitation: 427 nm) after incubation (21 °C, 1 hr) with varying MYC concentrations (1:3 dilution, 6.7-0 pM) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 2% DMSO).
- FIG. 3 shows fluorescence perturbation of 1, and two coumarin derivatives (which do not inhibit MYC - 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin and 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin) in the presence of MYC.
- Dilution series of MYC (2 pM-0.9 nM, 1:3) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween20 0.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without fluorophore (0.8 mM).
- FIG. 4 Chemical structures of the fluorescent probe 1 and three established MYC inhibitors are shown at the top, with results of a competition assay, where following incubation of 1 with MYC, known MYC inhibitors were added at different concentrations, shown below. Solutions of 1 (0.8 pM) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween20 0.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without MYC (1 pM). Inhibitors were serially diluted across wells (1:3 dilution, 100 pM - 45.7 nM).
- the plate was incubated (1 hr, 21 °C, dark) before fluorescence was measured (excitation: 424 nm, emission: 470 nm). Fluorescence from wells with MYC were subtracted by the respective wells without MYC and the results were fit in GraphPad Prism. Data are presented as the average of three replicates ⁇ SD.
- FIG. 5A shows the binding of KJ-Pyr-9 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX- dimer proteins using SPR.
- KJ-Pyr-9 was flowed over MYC-monomer or MYC-MAX-dimer protein immobilized on the CM5 chip surface, and the k a , k d and K D values were determined by Biacore Insight Evaluation software.
- the blank and reference subtracted and solvent- corrected sensorgrams (dotted lines) and fitted curves (continuous curves) are shown.
- FIG. 5B shows the binding of 1 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX-dimer proteins using SPR. 1 was flowed over MYC-monomer or MYC-MAX-dimer protein immobilized on the CM5 chip surface, and the k a , k d and K D values were determined by Biacore Insight Evaluation software. The blank and reference subtracted and solvent- corrected sensorgrams (dotted lines) and fitted curves (continuous curves) are shown.
- FIG. 6 shows structural elucidation and HDX-MS binding data. Rendering of the X- ray crystal structure of the MYC (white)/MAX (dark grey)/DNA complex (PDB 1NKP). The binding region for 1 is depicted in the highlighted region (light grey). Enlarged area of a part of the MYC/MAX/DNA complex is shown in the box on the right side of the figure. The enlarged area shows the induced-fit docking of the best-ranked poses of 1 and 5 into the binding region.
- the scatter plot of 1280 compounds screened (in triplicate) in a high throughput assay is shown. Each dot represents the activity result of a well containing test compound (black dots) or controls (grey dots). Overall screening statistics are described in the box below the graph.
- the y-axis represents % inhibition (response), i.e., full enzymatic activity is defined as “0” and fluorescence signal of the substrate in the presence of the 10074-G5 as “100”, with a hit cut-off of 23.74%.
- An example of a dose-response curve for 10074-G5 (and chemical structure of 10074-G5) is also shown.
- FIG. 8 shows select high affinity hits selected from the 1536-well (LOPAC 1280) and 384-well pilot screens.
- FIG. 9 A shows the inhibition of MYC-MAX DNA binding by SPR for pilot screen hits (whose chemical structures shown in figure 8). 100% inhibition set as buffer without MYC-MAX dimer and 0% inhibition set as buffer without inhibitor. Inhibitors were evaluated at 10 mM. Compounds KJ-Pyr-9, 5b and 5d are reported inhibitors (Jacob et ak, 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239). 1 is the fluorescent probe used for the high throughput assays.
- FIG. 9B shows results of CEF assay.
- MYC specificity oncogenic transformation assay with KJ-Pyr-9 and 5 against virally induced oncogenic transformation by MYC, Src, Jun, or H1047R.
- Efficiency of transformation (%) is relative to vehicle (DMSO) for the respective oncogene.
- a group such as an alkyl or heteroaryl group
- the group may contain one or more unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyls, and/or one or more unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyls.
- R-substituted where a moiety is substituted with an R substituent, the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different. Where a particular R group is present in the description of a chemical genus (such as Formula (I)), a Roman alphabetic symbol may be used to distinguish each appearance of that particular R group.
- each R 13 substituent may be distinguished as R 13 A , R 13 B , R 13 c , R 13 D , etc., wherein each of R 13 A , R 13 B , R 13 c , R 13 D , etc. is defined within the scope of the definition of R 13 and optionally differently.
- a “detectable agent” or “detectable moiety” is a composition, substance, element, or compound; or moiety thereof; detectable by appropriate means such as spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, chemical, magnetic resonance imaging, or other physical means.
- useful detectable agents include 18 F, 32 P, 33 P, 45 Ti, 47 Sc, 52 Fe, 59 Fe, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 77 As, 86 Y, 90 Y.
- fluorescent dyes include fluorescent dyes), electron-dense reagents, enzymes (e.g ., as commonly used in an ELISA), biotin, digoxigenin, paramagnetic molecules, paramagnetic nanoparticles, ultrasmall superparamagnetic iron oxide (“USPIO”) nanoparticles, USPIO nanoparticle aggregates, superparamagnetic iron oxide (“SPIO”) nanoparticles, SPIO nanoparticle aggregates, monochrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles, monochrystalline iron oxide, nanoparticle contrast agents, liposomes or other delivery vehicles containing Gadolinium chelate (“Gd-chelate”) molecules, Gadolinium, radioisotopes, radionuclides (e.g.
- microbubbles e.g. including microbubble shells including albumin, galactose, lipid, and/or polymers; microbubble gas core including air, heavy gas(es), perfluorcarbon, nitrogen, octafluoropropane, perflexane lipid microsphere, perflutren, etc.
- iodinated contrast agents e.g.
- a detectable moiety is a monovalent detectable agent or a detectable agent capable of forming a bond with another composition.
- Radioactive substances e.g., radioisotopes
- Radioactive substances include, but are not limited to, 18 F, 32 P, 33 P, 45 Ti, 47 Sc, 52 Fe, 59 Fe, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 77 As, 86 Y, 90 Y.
- Paramagnetic ions that may be used as additional imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ions of transition and lanthanide metals (e.g. metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
- transition and lanthanide metals e.g. metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71.
- These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
- a or B “A” (alone), and “B” (alone).
- the term “and/or” as used in a phrase such as “A, B, and/or C” is intended to encompass each of the following aspects: A, B, and C; A, B, or C; A or C; A or B; B or C; A and C; A and B; B and C; A (alone); B (alone); and C (alone).
- the term “about” refers to a value or composition that is within an acceptable error range for the particular value or composition as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value or composition is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system.
- “about” or “approximately” can mean within one or more than one standard deviation per the practice in the art.
- “about” or “approximately” can mean a range of up to 10% (i.e., ⁇ 10%) or more depending on the limitations of the measurement system.
- about 5 mg can include any number between 4.5 mg and 5.5 mg.
- the terms can mean up to an order of magnitude or up to 5-fold of a value.
- the meaning of “about” or “approximately” should be assumed to be within an acceptable error range for that particular value or composition. In embodiments, about includes the specified value.
- polypeptide polypeptide
- peptide and “protein” and other related terms used herein are used interchangeably to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may in embodiments be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids.
- the terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
- a "fusion protein” refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety.
- Polypeptides include mature molecules that have undergone cleavage. These terms encompass native and artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs (such as muteins, variants, chimeric proteins and fusion proteins) of a protein sequence as well as post-translationally, or otherwise covalently or non-covalently, modified proteins.
- Two or more polypeptides e.g., 3 polypeptide chains
- association of the polypeptide chains can also include peptide folding.
- a polypeptide complex can be dimeric, trimeric, tetrameric, or higher order complexes depending on the number of polypeptide chains that form the complex.
- cancer As used herein, the terms “cancer,” “neoplasm,” and “tumor” are used interchangeably and, in either the singular or plural form, refer to cells that have undergone a malignant transformation that makes them pathological to the host organism.
- Primary cancer cells can be readily distinguished from non-cancerous cells by well-established techniques, particularly histological examination.
- the definition of a cancer cell includes not only a primary cancer cell, but any ceil derived from a cancer cell ancestor. This includes metastasized cancer cells, and in vitro cultures and cell lines derived from cancer ceils.
- a “clinically detectable” tumor is one that is detectable on the basis of tumor mass: e.g., by procedures such as computed tomography (CT) scan, magnetic resonance imaging (MKI), X-ray, ultrasound or palpation on physical examination, and/or which is detectable because of the expression of one or more cancer-specific antigens in a sample obtainable from a patient.
- CT computed tomography
- MKI magnetic resonance imaging
- X-ray X-ray
- ultrasound or palpation on physical examination e.g., ultrasound or palpation on physical examination, and/or which is detectable because of the expression of one or more cancer-specific antigens in a sample obtainable from a patient.
- Tumors may be a hematopoietic (or hematologic or hematological or blood-related) cancer, for example, cancers derived from blood cells or immune cells, which may be referred to as “liquid tumors.”
- liquid tumors include leukemias such as chronic myelocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia and acute lymphocytic leukemia; plasma cell malignancies such as multiple myeloma, MGUS and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia; lymphomas such as non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, and the like,
- the cancer may be any cancer in which an abnormal number of blast cells or unwanted ceil proliferation is present or that is diagnosed as a hematological cancer, including both lymphoid and myeloid malignancies.
- Myeloid malignancies include, but are not limited to, acute myeloid (or myelocytic or myelogenous or myelohlastic) leukemia (undifferentiated or differentiated), acute promyeioid (or promyelocytic or promyelogenous or promyeloblastic) leukemia, acute myelomonocytic (or myelomonoblastic) leukemia, acute monocytic (or monoblastic) leukemia, erythroleukemia and megakaryocytic (or megakaryoblastic) leukemia.
- leukemias may be referred together as acute myeloid (or myelocytic or myelogenous) leukemia (AML).
- Myeloid malignancies also include myeloproliferative disorders (MPD) which include, but are not limited to, chronic myelogenous (or myeloid) leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), essential thrombocythemia (or thrombocytosis), and polcythemia vera (PCV).
- CML chronic myelogenous leukemia
- CMML chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
- PCV polcythemia vera
- Myeloid malignancies also include myelodysplasia (or myelodysplastic syndrome or MOS), which may be referred to as refractor/ anemia (RA), refractory anemia with excess blasts (RAEB), and refractory anemia with excess blasts in transformation (RAEBT); as well as myelofibrosis (MFS) with or without agnogenic myeloid metaplasia.
- myelodysplasia or myelodysplastic syndrome or MOS
- RA refractor/ anemia
- RAEB refractory anemia with excess blasts
- RAEBT refractory anemia with excess blasts in transformation
- MFS myelofibrosis
- Hematopoietic cancers also include lymphoid malignancies, which may affect the lymph nodes, spleens, bone marrow, peripheral blood, and/or extranodal sites.
- Lymphoid cancers include B-cell malignancies, which include, but are not limited to, B-cel! non- Hodgkin’s lymphomas (B-NHLs).
- B-NHLs may be indolent (or low-grade), intermediate- grade (or aggressive) or high-grade (very aggressive).
- Indolent Bcell lymphomas include follicular lymphoma (FL); small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL); marginal zone lymphoma (MZL) including nodal MZL, extranodal MZL, splenic MZL and splenic MZL with villous lymphocytes; lymphopiasmacytic lymphoma (LPL); and mucosa-associated-lymphoid tissue (MALT or extranodal marginal zone) lymphoma.
- FL follicular lymphoma
- SLL small lymphocytic lymphoma
- MZL marginal zone lymphoma
- LPL lymphopiasmacytic lymphoma
- MALT mucosa-associated-lymphoid tissue
- Intermediate-grade B ⁇ NHLs include mantle ceil lymphoma (MCL) with or without leukemic involvement, diffuse large cell lymphoma (DLBCL), follicular large cell (or grade 3 or grade 3B) lymphoma, and primary mediastinal lymphoma (PML), High-grade B-NHLs include Burkitt's lymphoma (BL), Burkitt-like lymphoma, small non-eleaved ceil lymphoma (SNCCL) and lymphoblastic lymphoma.
- MCL mantle ceil lymphoma
- DLBCL diffuse large cell lymphoma
- follicular large cell or grade 3 or grade 3B lymphoma
- PML primary mediastinal lymphoma
- High-grade B-NHLs include Burkitt's lymphoma (BL), Burkitt-like lymphoma, small non-eleaved ceil lymphoma (SNCCL) and lymphoblastic lymphoma.
- B-NHLs include immunoblastic lymphoma (or immunocytoma), primary effusion lymphoma, HIV associated (or AIDS related) lymphomas, and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD) or lymphoma.
- B-cell malignancies also include, but are not limited to, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), Waldenstrom’s rnacroglobulinemia (WM), hairy cell leukemia (HCL), large granular lymphocyte (LGL) leukemia, acute lymphoid (or lymphocytic or lymphoblastic) leukemia, and Castieman's disease.
- CLL chronic lymphocytic leukemia
- PLL prolymphocytic leukemia
- WM Waldenstrom’s rnacroglobulinemia
- HCL hairy cell leukemia
- LGL large granular lymphocyte
- acute lymphoid or lymphocytic
- NHL may also include T-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma s (T-NHLs), which include, but are not limited to T-ceil non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma not otherwise specified (NOS), peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL), anaplastic large cell lymphoma (ALCL), angioimmunoblastic lymphoid disorder (A!LD), nasal natural killer (NK) cell/T-cell lymphoma, gamma/delta lymphoma, cutaneous T ceil lymphoma, mycosis fungoides, and Sezary syndrome,
- T-NHLs T-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma s
- T-NHLs T-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma s
- NOS T-ceil non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma not otherwise specified
- PTCL peripheral T-cell lymphoma
- ALCL anaplastic large cell lymphoma
- Hematopoietic cancers also include Hodgkin’s lymphoma (or disease) including classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma, nodular sclerosing Hodgkin's lymphoma, mixed cellularity Hodgkin’s lymphoma, lymphocyte predominant (LP) Hodgkin's lymphoma, nodular LP Hodgkin's lymphoma, and lymphocy te depleted Hodgkin's lymphoma.
- Hodgkin’s lymphoma or disease
- classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma including classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma, nodular sclerosing Hodgkin's lymphoma, mixed cellularity Hodgkin’s lymphoma, lymphocyte predominant (LP) Hodgkin's lymphoma, nodular LP Hodgkin's lymphoma, and lymphocy te depleted Hodgkin's lymphom
- Hematopoietic cancers also include plasma cell diseases or cancers such as multiple myeloma (MM) including smoldering MM, monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined (or unknown or unclear) significance (MGUS), plasmacytoma (bone, extramedullary), lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma (LPL), Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia, plasma cell leukemia, and primary amyloidosis (AL).
- MM multiple myeloma
- MGUS monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined (or unknown or unclear) significance
- MGUS monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined (or unknown or unclear) significance
- plasmacytoma bone, extramedullary
- LPL lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
- Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia plasma cell leukemia
- plasma cell leukemia and primary amyloidosis
- AL primary amyloidosis
- Hematopoietic cancers may also
- Tissues which include hematopoietic ceils referred herein to as “hematopoietic cell tissues” include bone marrow; peripheral blood; thymus; and peripheral lymphoid tissues, such as spleen, lymph nodes, lymphoid tissues associated with mucosa (such as the gut-associated lymphoid tissues), tonsils, Peyer's patches and appendix, and lymphoid tissues associated with other mucosa, for example, the bronchial linings.
- isolated means altered “by the hand of man” from its natural state, has been changed or removed from its original environment, or both.
- isolated means altered “by the hand of man” from its natural state, has been changed or removed from its original environment, or both.
- isolated denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It can be, for example, in a homogeneous state and may be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, high-performance liquid chromatography or mass spectrophotometry. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified.
- a polynucleotide or a polypeptide naturally present in a living organism is not “isolated,” but the same polynucleotide or polypeptide separated from the coexisting materials of its natural state is “isolated”, including but not limited to when such polynucleotide or polypeptide is introduced back into a cell, even if the cell is of the same species or type as that from which the polynucleotide or polypeptide was separated.
- variant polypeptides and variants of polypeptides refers to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence with one or more amino acid residues inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the amino acid sequence relative to a reference polypeptide sequence.
- Polypeptide variants include fusion proteins.
- a variant polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence with one or more nucleotides inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the nucleotide sequence relative to another polynucleotide sequence.
- Polynucleotide variants include fusion polynucleotides.
- domain refers to a folded protein structure which has tertiary structure independent of the rest of the protein. Generally, domains are responsible for discrete functional properties of proteins and in many cases may be added, removed or transferred to other proteins without loss of function of the remainder of the protein and/or of the domain.
- An “antibody single variable domain” is a folded polypeptide domain comprising sequences characteristic of antibody variable domains.
- variable domains and modified variable domains, for example, in which one or more loops have been replaced by sequences which are not characteristic of antibody variable domains, or antibody variable domains which have been truncated or comprise N- or C-terminal extensions, as well as folded fragments of variable domains which retain at least the binding activity and specificity of the full-length domain.
- an “individual” “patient” or “subject” is a mammal. Mammals include, but are not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g., cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses), primates (e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats).
- the individual or subject is a human.
- the subject is an adult, an adolescent, a child, or an infant.
- the terms “individual” or “patient” are used and are intended to be interchangeable with “subject”.
- Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, with the aid of the local homology algorithm by Smith and Waterman, 1981, Ads App. Math. 2, 482, with the aid of the local homology algorithm by Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48, 443, with the aid of the similarity search algorithm by Pearson and Lipman, 1988, Proc. Natl Acad.
- the amino acid sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (e.g., gaps or overhangs) as compared to the reference sequence for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
- Local alignment between two sequences only includes segments of each sequence that are deemed to be sufficiently similar according to a criterion that depends on the algorithm used to perform the alignment (e.g., EMBOSS Water), "identical” or percent “identity,” refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., about 60% identity, preferably 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or higher identity over a specified region, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window or designated region).
- the percentage identity is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100.
- Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (Add. APL. Math.
- GAP and BESTFIT can be employed to determine the optimal alignment of two sequences that have been identified for comparison. Typically, the default values of 5.00 for gap weight and 0.30 for gap weight length are used.
- a comparison of the sequences and determination of the percent identity between two polypeptide sequences, or between two polynucleotide sequences may be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
- the "percent identity” or “percent homology" of two polypeptide or two polynucleotide sequences may be determined by comparing the sequences using the GAP computer program (a part of the GCG Wisconsin Package, version 10.3 (Accelrys, San Diego, Calif.)) using its default parameters.
- Expressions such as “comprises a sequence with at least X% identity to Y” with respect to a test sequence mean that, when aligned to sequence Y as described above, the test sequence comprises residues identical to at least X% of the residues of Y.
- amino acid or nucleotide base "position" is denoted by a number that sequentially identifies each amino acid (or nucleotide base) in the reference sequence based on its position relative to the N-terminus (or 5'-end). Due to deletions, insertions, truncations, fusions, and the like that must be taken into account when determining an optimal alignment, in general the amino acid residue number in a test sequence determined by simply counting from the N-terminus will not necessarily be the same as the number of its corresponding position in the reference sequence. For example, in a case where a variant has a deletion relative to an aligned reference sequence, there will be no amino acid in the variant that corresponds to a position in the reference sequence at the site of deletion.
- numbered with reference to or “corresponding to,” when used in the context of the numbering of a given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence refers to the numbering of the residues of a specified reference sequence when the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence is compared to the reference sequence.
- An amino acid residue in a protein "corresponds" to a given residue when it occupies the same essential structural position within the protein as the given residue.
- a selected residue in a selected protein corresponds to Lys397 of MYC when the selected residue occupies the same essential spatial or other structural relationship as Lys397 in MYC.
- a three-dimensional structural alignment can also be used. In this case, an amino acid that occupies the same essential position as Lys397 in the structural model is said to correspond to the Lys residue.
- Linker refers to a chemical moiety comprising a covalent bond or a chain of atoms that covalently attaches an antibody to a drug moiety.
- linkers include a divalent radical.
- linkers can comprise one or more amino acid residues.
- bioconjugate and “bioconjugate linker” refers to the resulting association between atoms or molecules of “bioconjugate reactive groups” or “bioconjugate reactive moieties”.
- the association can be direct or indirect.
- a conjugate between a first bioconjugate reactive group e.g., -NFL, -C(O)OH, -N- hydroxysuccinimide, or -maleimide
- a second bioconjugate reactive group e.g., sulfhydryl, sulfur-containing amino acid, amine, amine sidechain containing amino acid, or carboxylate
- covalent bond or linker e.g. a first linker of second linker
- indirect e.g., by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g.
- bioconjugates or bioconjugate linkers are formed using bioconjugate chemistry (i.e. the association of two bioconjugate reactive groups) including, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides, active esters), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition). These and other useful reactions are discussed in, for example, March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons,
- the first bioconjugate reactive group e.g., maleimide moiety
- the second bioconjugate reactive group e.g. a sulfhydryl
- the first bioconjugate reactive group e.g., haloacetyl moiety
- the second bioconjugate reactive group e.g. a sulfhydryl
- the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., pyridyl moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. a sulfhydryl).
- the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., -N- hydroxysuccinimide moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. an amine).
- the first bioconjugate reactive group e.g., maleimide moiety
- the first bioconjugate reactive group e.g., -sulfo-N-hydroxysuccinimide moiety
- the second bioconjugate reactive group e.g. an amine
- bioconjugate reactive moieties used for bioconjugate chemistries herein include, for example:
- haloalkyl groups wherein the halide can be later displaced with a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a new group at the site of the halogen atom;
- dienophile groups which are capable of participating in Diels-Alder reactions such as, for example, maleimido or maleimide groups;
- aldehyde or ketone groups such that subsequent derivatization is possible via formation of carbonyl derivatives such as, for example, imines, hydrazones, semicarbazones or oximes, or via such mechanisms as Grignard addition or alkyllithium addition;
- amine or sulfhydryl groups (e.g., present in cysteine), which can be, for example, acylated, alkylated or oxidized;
- biotin conjugate can react with avidin or strepavidin to form an avidin-biotin complex or streptavidin-biotin complex.
- bioconjugate reactive groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the chemical stability of the conjugate described herein.
- a reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the crosslinking reaction by the presence of a protecting group.
- the bioconjugate comprises a molecular entity derived from the reaction of an unsaturated bond, such as a maleimide, and a sulfhydryl group.
- protecting group is used in accordance with its ordinary meaning in organic chemistry and refers to a moiety covalently bound to a heteroatom, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl to prevent reactivity of the heteroatom, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl during one or more chemical reactions performed prior to removal of the protecting group.
- a protecting group is bound to a heteroatom (e.g., O) during a part of a multipart synthesis wherein it is not desired to have the heteroatom react (e.g., a chemical reduction) with the reagent. Following protection the protecting group may be removed (e.g., by modulating the pH).
- the protecting group is an alcohol protecting group.
- Non-limiting examples of alcohol protecting groups include acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl ether (MOM), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), and silyl ether (e.g., trimethyl silyl (TMS)).
- the protecting group is an amine protecting group.
- Non-limiting examples of amine protecting groups include carbobenzyloxy (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), 9-Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, carbamate, p-methoxybenzyl ether (PMB), and tosyl (Ts).
- salts are meant to include salts of the active compounds that are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p- tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic,
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge etal. , “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science , 1977, 66, 1-19).
- Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- the compounds of the present disclosure may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids.
- the present disclosure includes such salts.
- Non-limiting examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, phosphates, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, proprionates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (-)-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid, and quaternary ammonium salts (e.g. methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, and the like). These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- the neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
- the parent form of the compound may differ from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- the present disclosure provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form.
- Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure.
- Prodrugs of the compounds described herein may be converted in vivo after administration.
- prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment, such as, for example, when contacted with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the administration of an active agent to and absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present disclosure without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the patient.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer's solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like.
- Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the disclosure.
- auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the disclosure.
- auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the disclosure.
- pharmaceutical formulation refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
- administering refers to the physical introduction of an agent to a subject, using any of the various methods and delivery systems known to those skilled in the art.
- exemplary routes of administration for the formulations disclosed herein include intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, spinal or other parenteral routes of administration, for example by injection or infusion.
- parenteral administration means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intralymphatic, intralesional, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, epidural and intrasternal injection and infusion, as well as in vivo electroporation.
- the formulation is administered via a non-parenteral route, e.g., orally.
- non-parenteral routes include a topical, epidermal or mucosal route of administration, for example, intranasally, vaginally, rectally, sublingually or topically.
- Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods.
- Treating” and “treatment” as used herein include prophylactic treatment.
- Treatment methods include administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of an active agent.
- the administering step may consist of a single administration or may include a series of administrations.
- the length of the treatment period depends on a variety of factors, such as the severity of the condition, the age of the patient, the concentration of active agent, the activity of the compositions used in the treatment, or a combination thereof.
- the effective dosage of an agent used for the treatment or prophylaxis may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment or prophylaxis regime. Changes in dosage may result and become apparent by standard diagnostic assays known in the art.
- chronic administration may be required.
- the compositions are administered to the subject in an amount and for a duration sufficient to treat the patient.
- the treating or treatment is no prophylactic treatment.
- an “effective amount” is an amount sufficient for a compound to accomplish a stated purpose relative to the absence of the compound (e.g. achieve the effect for which it is administered, treat a disease, reduce enzyme activity, increase enzyme activity, reduce a signaling pathway, or reduce one or more symptoms of a disease or condition).
- An example of an “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to contribute to the treatment, prevention, or reduction of a symptom or symptoms of a disease, which could also be referred to as a “therapeutically effective amount.”
- a “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s).
- a “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology or condition, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology, or condition, or their symptoms.
- the full prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses.
- a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
- An “activity decreasing amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of antagonist required to decrease the activity of an enzyme relative to the absence of the antagonist.
- a “function disrupting amount,” as used herein, refers to the amount of antagonist required to disrupt the function of an enzyme or protein relative to the absence of the antagonist. The exact amounts will depend on the purpose of the treatment, and will be ascertainable by one skilled in the art using known techniques (see, e.g., Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (vols. 1-3, 1992); Lloyd, The Art, Science and Technology of Pharmaceutical Compounding (1999); Pickar, Dosage Calculations (1999); and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2003, Gennaro, Ed., Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins).
- the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from cell culture assays.
- Target concentrations will be those concentrations of active compound(s) that are capable of achieving the methods described herein, as measured using the methods described herein or known in the art.
- therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans can also be determined from animal models.
- a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals.
- the dosage in humans can be adjusted by monitoring compounds effectiveness and adjusting the dosage upwards or downwards, as described above. Adjusting the dose to achieve maximal efficacy in humans based on the methods described above and other methods is well within the capabilities of the ordinarily skilled artisan.
- a therapeutically effective amount refers to that amount of the therapeutic agent sufficient to ameliorate the disorder, as described above.
- a therapeutically effective amount will show an increase or decrease of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, or at least 100%.
- Therapeutic efficacy can also be expressed as “-fold” increase or decrease.
- a therapeutically effective amount can have at least a 1.2-fold, 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, or more effect over a control.
- Dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed.
- the dose administered to a patient should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time.
- the size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated.
- Bind refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen).
- binding affinity refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1 : 1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen).
- the affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for measuring binding affinity are described in the following.
- a dissociation constant (K D ) can be measured using a BIACORE surface plasmon resonance (SPR) assay.
- SPR surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIACORE system (Biacore Life Sciences division of GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ).
- an “inhibitor” refers to a compound (e.g. compounds described herein) that reduces activity when compared to a control, such as absence of the compound or a compound with known inactivity.
- the terms “inhibitor,” “repressor” or “antagonist” or “downregulator” interchangeably refer to a substance capable of detectably decreasing the expression or activity of a given gene or protein.
- the antagonist can decrease expression or activity 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in comparison to a control in the absence of the antagonist. In certain instances, expression or activity is 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 3- fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or lower than the expression or activity in the absence of the antagonist.
- the term “inhibition”, “inhibit”, “inhibiting” and the like in reference to a protein-inhibitor interaction means negatively affecting (e.g. decreasing) the activity or function of the protein relative to the activity or function of the protein in the absence of the inhibitor. In embodiments inhibition means negatively affecting (e.g. decreasing) the concentration or levels of the protein relative to the concentration or level of the protein in the absence of the inhibitor. In embodiments inhibition refers to reduction of a disease or symptoms of disease. In embodiments, inhibition refers to a reduction in the activity of a particular protein target.
- inhibition includes, at least in part, partially or totally blocking stimulation, decreasing, preventing, or delaying activation, or inactivating, desensitizing, or down-regulating signal transduction or enzymatic activity or the amount of a protein.
- inhibition refers to a reduction of activity of a target protein resulting from a direct interaction (e.g. an inhibitor binds to the target protein).
- inhibition refers to a reduction of activity of a target protein from an indirect interaction (e.g. an inhibitor binds to a protein that activates the target protein, thereby preventing target protein activation).
- MYC refers to the protein product of the c-Myc gene. Dysregulation of MYC family gene/proteins occurs in over half of all human tumors and is recognized as a general hallmark of cancer initiation and maintenance.
- M YC is a transcriptional regulator that belongs to a family of basic helix-loop-helix leucine zipper (bHLH-LZ) proteins that dimerize with the bHLH-LZ protein MAX to become functional .
- bHLH-LZ basic helix-loop-helix leucine zipper
- the MYC-MAX heterodimer preferentially binds to the E-Box motif, a palindromic DNA sequence.
- MYC affects transcription at two molecular levels.
- a transcription factor As a transcription factor, it can bind to the promoters of target genes to stimulate or repress transcriptional activity. As an amplifier of transcription in cancer cells that show MYC gain of function, it enhances the activity of existing transcriptional programs. In both situations, MYC must dimerize with MAX to be effective.
- the human genome contains three MYC genes and corresponding proteins, c-MYC N-MYC and L-MYC. Unless otherwise noted, MYC is used herein to indicate the e-MYC protein.
- c-Myc can also act as a transcriptional repressor. By binding Miz-1 transcription factor and displacing the p300 co-activator, it inhibits expression of Miz-1 target genes.
- Myc has a direct role in the control of DNA replication. Myc is activated upon various mitogenic signals such as Wnt, Shh and EGF (via the MAPK/ERK pathway). By modifying the expression of its target genes, Myc activation results in numerous biological effects.
- c-Myc signaling pathway or c- Myc mediated cellular activity refers to any biochemical effect or cellular response that will occur as a result of activation of Myc.
- Contacting is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species (e.g. chemical compounds including biomolecules or cells) to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch.
- species e.g. chemical compounds including biomolecules or cells
- the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents that can be produced in the reaction mixture.
- contacting may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be a compound as described herein and a protein or enzyme. In some embodiments contacting includes allowing a compound described herein to interact with a protein or enzyme that is involved in a signaling pathway.
- a disease e.g. a protein associated disease, a cancer (e.g., cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease)
- a disease e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease
- the disease e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease
- a symptom of the disease is caused by (in whole or in part) the substance or substance activity or function.
- a causative agent could be a target for treatment of the disease.
- the terms “disease” or “condition” refer to a state of being or health status of a patient or subject capable of being treated with the compounds or methods provided herein.
- the disease may be a cancer.
- the disease may be an autoimmune disease.
- the disease may be an inflammatory disease.
- the disease may be an infectious disease.
- cancer refers to human cancers and carcinomas, sarcomas, adenocarcinomas, lymphomas, leukemias, etc., including solid and lymphoid cancers, kidney, breast, lung, bladder, colon, ovarian, prostate, pancreas, stomach, brain, head and neck, skin, uterine, testicular, glioma, esophagus, and liver cancer, including hepatocarcinoma, lymphoma, including B-acute lymphoblastic lymphoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas (e.g., Burkitt’s,
- Hodgkin s lymphoma
- leukemia including AML, ALL, and CML
- multiple myeloma including AML, ALL, and CML
- substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., -CH 2 O- is equivalent to - OCH 2 -.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched carbon chain (or carbon), or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include mono-, di- and multivalent radicals.
- the alkyl may include a designated number of carbons (e.g., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbons).
- Alkyl is an uncyclized chain.
- saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n- hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
- unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(l,4- pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (-O-).
- An alkyl moiety may be an alkenyl moiety.
- An alkyl moiety may be an alkynyl moiety.
- An alkyl moiety may be fully saturated.
- An alkenyl may include more than one double bond and/or one or more triple bonds in addition to the one or more double bonds.
- An alkynyl may include more than one triple bond and/or one or more double bonds in addition to the one or more triple bonds.
- alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -.
- an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred herein.
- a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- alkenylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkene.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, including at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom (e.g., O, N, P, Si, or S), and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quatemized.
- the heteroatom(s) e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P
- Heteroalkyl is an uncyclized chain.
- heteroalkyl moiety may include one heteroatom (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
- a heteroalkyl moiety may include two optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
- a heteroalkyl moiety may include three optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S,
- a heteroalkyl moiety may include four optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
- a heteroalkyl moiety may include five optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
- a heteroalkyl moiety may include up to 8 optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
- the term “heteroalkenyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a heteroalkyl including at least one double bond.
- a heteroalkenyl may optionally include more than one double bond and/or one or more triple bonds in addition to the one or more double bonds.
- heteroalkynyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a heteroalkyl including at least one triple bond.
- a heteroalkynyl may optionally include more than one triple bond and/or one or more double bonds in addition to the one or more triple bonds.
- heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, -CH 2 -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -CH 2 - and -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-CH 2 -.
- heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like).
- heteroalkyl groups include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as -C(O)R, -C(O)NR', -NR'R", -OR', -SR, and/or -SO2R'.
- heteroalkyl is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as - NR'R" or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and -NR'R" are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as -NR'R" or the like.
- cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are not aromatic. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, 1- (1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3- morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
- a “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- cycloalkyl means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkyl ring system.
- monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups can be saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic.
- cycloalkyl groups are fully saturated. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
- Bicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are bridged monocyclic rings or fused bicyclic rings.
- bridged monocyclic rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring where two non adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of between one and three additional carbon atoms (i.e., a bridging group of the form (CH 2 ) w , where w is 1, 2, or 3).
- bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane, bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, and bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane.
- fused bicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems contain a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
- the bridged or fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the monocyclic cycloalkyl ring.
- cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia.
- the fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl ring fused to either a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein the fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia.
- multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
- multicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
- multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
- Examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to tetradecahydrophenanthrenyl, perhydrophenothiazin-l
- a cycloalkyl is a cycloalkenyl.
- the term “cycloalkenyl” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning.
- a cycloalkenyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkenyl ring system.
- monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups are unsaturated (i.e., containing at least one annular carbon carbon double bond), but not aromatic. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl.
- bicyclic cycloalkenyl rings are bridged monocyclic rings or a fused bicyclic rings.
- bridged monocyclic rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring where two non adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of between one and three additional carbon atoms (i.e., a bridging group of the form (CH 2 ) w , where w is 1, 2, or 3).
- Representative examples of bicyclic cycloalkenyls include, but are not limited to, norbomenyl and bicyclo[2.2.2]oct 2 enyl.
- fused bicyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
- the bridged or fused bicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring.
- cycloalkenyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia.
- multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
- multicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
- multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
- a heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclyl.
- heterocyclyl as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or multicyclic heterocycle.
- the heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S where the ring is saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic.
- the 3 or 4 membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
- the 5 membered ring can contain zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
- the 6 or 7 membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
- the heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle.
- heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl
- the heterocyclyl bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocycle, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
- the heterocyclyl bicyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle portion of the bicyclic ring system.
- bicyclic heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-3-yl, indolin-l-yl, indolin-2-yl, indolin-3-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothien-2-yl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydro-lH-indolyl, and octahydrobenzofuranyl.
- heterocyclyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia.
- the bicyclic heterocyclyl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl ring fused to a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein the bicyclic heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia.
- Multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
- multicyclic heterocyclyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring.
- multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
- multicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to 1 OH-phenothiazin- 10-yl, 9, 10-dihydroacridin-9-yl, 9, 10-dihydroacridin- 10-yl, lOH-phenoxazin-10-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[b,f]azepin-5-yl, 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydropyrido[4,3-g]isoquinolin-2-yl, 12H-benzo[b]phenoxazin-12-yl, and dodecahydro- lH-carbazol-9-yl.
- halo or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- acyl means, unless otherwise stated, -C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently.
- a fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring.
- heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain at least one heteroatom such as N, O, or S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quatemized.
- heteroaryl includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring).
- a 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, purinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazoyl benzimidazolyl, benzofuran, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothiophenyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1 -pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3 -pyrrolyl, 3 -pyrazolyl, 2-imidazoly
- arylene and heteroarylene independently or as part of another substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- a heteroaryl group substituent may be -O- bonded to a ring heteroatom nitrogen.
- a fused ring heterocyloalkyl-aryl is an aryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl is a heteroaryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to a cycloalkyl.
- a fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to another heterocycloalkyl.
- Fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, or fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl may each independently be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substitutents described herein.
- Spirocyclic rings are two or more rings wherein adjacent rings are attached through a single atom.
- the individual rings within spirocyclic rings may be identical or different.
- Individual rings in spirocyclic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted and may have different substituents from other individual rings within a set of spirocyclic rings.
- Possible substituents for individual rings within spirocyclic rings are the possible substituents for the same ring when not part of spirocyclic rings (e.g. substituents for cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl rings).
- Spirocylic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene and individual rings within a spirocyclic ring group may be any of the immediately previous list, including having all rings of one type (e.g. all rings being substituted heterocycloalkylene wherein each ring may be the same or different substituted heterocycloalkylene).
- heterocyclic spirocyclic rings means a spirocyclic rings wherein at least one ring is a heterocyclic ring and wherein each ring may be a different ring.
- substituted spirocyclic rings means that at least one ring is substituted and each substituent may optionally be different.
- oxo means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- alkylsulfonyl means a moiety having the formula -S(O 2 )-R', where R' is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group as defined above. R' may have a specified number of carbons (e.g., “ C 1 -C 4 alkylsulfonyl”).
- alkylarylene as an arylene moiety covalently bonded to an alkylene moiety (also referred to herein as an alkylene linker).
- alkylarylene group has the formula:
- An alkylarylene moiety may be substituted (e.g. with a substituent group) on the alkylene moiety or the arylene linker (e.g. at carbons 2, 3, 4, or 6) with halogen, oxo, -N3, - CF 3 , -CCI 3 , -CBr 3 , -CI 3 , -CN, -CHO, -OH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -CONH 2 , -NO2, -SH, -SO 2 CH 3 - SO 3 H, , -OSO 3 H, -SO2NH 2 , -NHNH 2 , -ONH 2 , -NHC(O)NHNH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted C1-C5 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 5 membered heteroalkyl).
- the alkylarylene is unsubstituted.
- R, R, R", R", and R" each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- aryl e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens
- substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R, R", R", and R"" group when more than one of these groups is present.
- R and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7- membered ring.
- -NR'R includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4- morpholinyl.
- alkyl is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF3 and -CH 2 CF 3 ) and acyl (e.g., - C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CF 3 , -C(O)CH 2 0CH 3 , and the like).
- haloalkyl e.g., -CF3 and -CH 2 CF 3
- acyl e.g., - C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CF 3 , -C(O)CH 2 0CH 3 , and the like.
- Substituents for rings may be depicted as substituents on the ring rather than on a specific atom of a ring (commonly referred to as a floating substituent).
- the substituent may be attached to any of the ring atoms (obeying the rules of chemical valency) and in the case of fused rings or spirocyclic rings, a substituent depicted as associated with one member of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on a single ring), may be a substituent on any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on multiple rings).
- the multiple substituents may be on the same atom, same ring, different atoms, different fused rings, different spirocyclic rings, and each substituent may optionally be different.
- a point of attachment of a ring to the remainder of a molecule is not limited to a single atom (a floating substituent)
- the attachment point may be any atom of the ring and in the case of a fused ring or spirocyclic ring, any atom of any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
- a ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings contain one or more ring heteroatoms and the ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings are shown with one more floating substituents (including, but not limited to, points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule), the floating substituents may be bonded to the heteroatoms.
- the ring heteroatoms are shown bound to one or more hydrogens (e.g. a ring nitrogen with two bonds to ring atoms and a third bond to a hydrogen) in the structure or formula with the floating substituent, when the heteroatom is bonded to the floating substituent, the substituent will be understood to replace the hydrogen, while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
- Two or more substituents may optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups.
- Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to non- adjacent members of the base structure.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)-(CRR') p -U-, wherein T and U are independently -NR-, -O-, -CRR'-, or a single bond, and p is an integer of from 0 to 3.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r -B-, wherein A and B are independently -CRR'-, -O-, -NR.-, -S-, -S(O) -, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 NR'-, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula - (CRR') s -X'- (C"R"R"') d -, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X' is - O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, or -S(O) 2 NR-.
- R, R, R", and R" are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- heteroatom or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- a “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
- unsubstituted alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- unsubstituted heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- unsubstituted cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- unsubstituted aryl e.g., C6-C
- alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- aryl e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl
- heteroaryl e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 member
- unsubstituted alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- unsubstituted heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- unsubstituted cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- unsubstituted aryl e.g., C6-C
- alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- aryl e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl
- heteroaryl e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 member
- unsubstituted alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- unsubstituted heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- unsubstituted cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to
- alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C 5 -C 6 cycloalkyl
- heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- aryl e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl
- heteroaryl e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5
- unsubstituted alkyl e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl
- unsubstituted heteroalkyl e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl
- unsubstituted cycloalkyl e.g., C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl
- unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl
- a “size-limited substituent” or “ size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -C 10 aryl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heteroary
- a “lower substituent” or “ lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or un
- each substituted group described in the compounds herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. More specifically, in some embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene described in the compounds herein are substituted with at least one substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl may be a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 6 - C 10 aryl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -C 10 arylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl ene.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -C 10 aryl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -C 10 arylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9 membered heteroarylene.
- the compound is a chemical species set forth in the Examples section, figures, or tables
- a substituted or unsubstituted moiety e.g., substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and/or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene) is unsubstituted (e.g., is an unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted
- a substituted or unsubstituted moiety e.g., substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and/or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene) is substituted (e.g., is a substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alky
- a substituted moiety e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene
- is substituted with at least one substituent group wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of substituent groups, each substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of substituent groups, each substituent group is different.
- a substituted moiety e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene
- is substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of size-limited substituent groups, each size-limited substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of size-limited substituent groups, each size-limited substituent group is different.
- a substituted moiety e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene
- is substituted with at least one lower substituent group wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of lower substituent groups, each lower substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of lower substituent groups, each lower substituent group is different.
- a substituted moiety e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene
- the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of groups selected from substituent groups, size-limited substituent groups, and lower substituent groups; each substituent group, size-limited substituent group, and/or lower substituent group
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)-or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
- the compounds of the present disclosure do not include those that are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- the present disclosure is meant to include compounds in racemic and optically pure forms.
- Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
- the compounds described herein contain olefmic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
- the term “isomers” refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
- tautomer refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
- an analog is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning within Chemistry and Biology and refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another compound (i.e., a so-called “reference” compound) but differs in composition, e.g., in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element, or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group, or the absolute stereochemistry of one or more chiral centers of the reference compound. Accordingly, an analog is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance but not in structure or origin to a reference compound.
- c-MYC drives a variety of pro-growth and anti-apoptotic genes and is frequently overexpressed in cancer. Accordingly, inhibition of oncogenic transformation caused by c- MYC would represent a potent chemotherapeutic strategy with wide ranging utility in treating both solid tumors and leukemia.
- a simple and cost effective high-throughput screening assay for identifying MYC inhibitor scaffolds using a fluorescent small molecule probe is described herein.
- the fluorescent probe is derived from the inhibitor chemical scaffold, KJ-Pyr-9, that has been shown to: 1. specifically bind MYC and MYC-MAX with excellent affinity; 2. inhibit MYC-driven oncogenic transformation and MYC-dependent transcriptional regulation; 3.
- KJ-Pyr-9 lacks the drug-like qualities (ADME/Tox) required for clinical application and the scaffold is not amenable to extensive derivatization without compromising affinity and specificity (Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239).
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl;
- L 1 is bond, -S(O) 2 -, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently halogen. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently C1-C5 alkyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently -OH.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently methyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently ethyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently propyl.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen.
- R 3 is hydrogen, C1-C5 alkoxy, halogen, thiazolyl, -NO2, or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN.
- R 3 is hydrogen. In embodiments, R 3 is halogen. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO2 . In embodiments, R 3 is C1-C5 alkoxy. In embodiments, R 3 is -OMe. In embodiments, R 3 is thiazolyl.
- R 3 is -CN.
- L 1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof.
- L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NH- or - NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- Q is a coumarin derivative.
- Q is:
- the compound provided herein is:
- a method of identifying a test compound as a MYC inhibitor comprising: (a) incubating a fluorescent probe with MYC, thereby forming a probe-MYC complex; (b) incubating the test compound with the probe- MYC complex; (c) measuring emission from test compound incubated with probe-MYC complex (d) identifying the test compound as MYC inhibitor when detected fluorescence signal decreased in the presence of the test compound relative to the detected fluorescence signal in the absence of the test compound.
- a probe-MYC complex includes a fluorescent probe and a MYC.
- the probe-MYC complex is formed by incubating or contacting a fluorescent probe with a MYC protein.
- the fluorescent probe is non- covalently bound to the MYC.
- the fluorescent probe is covalently bound to the MYC.
- fluorescence signal from the fluorescent probe increases when fluorescent probe is incubated or contacted with a MYC protein.
- the fluorescence of probe-MYC complex is higher than fluorescence of the fluorescent probe alone.
- the fluorescent probe contacts a MYC protein amino acid corresponding to Lys 397, Lys 398, Ala 399, Thr 400, Ala 401, Tyr 402, He 403, and Leu 404, as shown in FIG. 6.
- the fluorescent probe contacts a MYC protein amino acid corresponding to Lys 397, Ala 401, and Leu 404.
- the fluorescent probe contacts at least one amino acid residue of the MYC protein. In embodiments, the fluorescent probe contacts multiple amino acids of the MYC protein.
- a MYC inhibitor is selected from a library by screening.
- fluorescence of probe-MYC complex is compared in the presence and in the absence of a test compound.
- test compounds decrease fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex. Some test compounds do not affect the fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex (see figure 1 A). Test compounds decreasing fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex are competing MYC inhibitors and may be selected for further studies from the initial screen.
- identified test compounds produce at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 99% decrease in fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex upon incubation. In embodiments, identified test compounds produce at least 25%, at least 35%, at least 45%, at least 55%, at least 65%, at least 75%, at least 85%, at least 95%, or at least 99% decrease in fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex upon incubation.
- the fluorescent probe incubated or contacted with MYC protein is a compound of formula I:
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl;
- L 1 is bond, -S(O) 2 -, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently halogen. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently C1-C5 alkyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently -OH.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently methyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently ethyl. In embodiments, each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently propyl.
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 is independently hydrogen.
- R 3 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, halogen, thiazolyl, -NO 2 , or -CN. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO 2 , thiazolyl, or -CN.
- R 3 is hydrogen. In embodiments, R 3 is halogen. In embodiments, R 3 is -NO 2. In embodiments, R 3 is C 1 -C 5 alkoxy. In embodiments, R 3 is -OMe. In embodiments, R 3 is thiazolyl.
- R 3 is -CN.
- L 1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof.
- L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NH- or - NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- L 1 is -NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-.
- Q is a coumarin derivative
- Q is:
- the fluorescent probe incubated or contacted with MYC protein is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- compositions [00147] In an aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition including a MYC inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition including a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a tablet, a powder, a capsule, a pill, a cachet, or a lozenge as described herein.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be formulated as a tablet, capsule, pill, cachet, or lozenge for oral administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for dissolution into a solution for administration by such techniques as, for example, intravenous administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for oral administration, suppository administration, topical administration, intravenous administration, intraperitoneal administration, intramuscular administration, intralesional administration, intrathecal administration, intranasal administration, subcutaneous administration, implantation, transdermal administration, or transmucosal administration as described herein.
- compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, etc.
- the pharmaceutical composition may include optical isomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, isoforms, polymorphs, hydrates, solvates or products, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound described herein.
- the compound described herein (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) included in the pharmaceutical composition may be covalently attached to a carrier moiety, as described above.
- the compound described herein (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) included in the pharmaceutical composition is not covalently linked to a carrier moiety.
- a combination of covalently and not covalently linked compound described herein may be in a pharmaceutical composition herein.
- the pharmaceutical composition includes a second agent. In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a second agent in a therapeutically effective amount.
- the compound described herein may be administered alone or co-administered to a subject in need thereof with a second agent.
- Co-administration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration as described herein of the compound described herein individually or in combination (e.g. more than one compound - e.g. second agent).
- provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
- a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor.
- a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof including administering to the subject a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof including administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- a MYC inhibitor for use as a medicament is provided.
- a MYC inhibitor for use in a method of treatment is provided.
- a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof including administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the MYC inhibitor as identified herein.
- a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments, for use as a medicament is provided.
- a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments, for use in a method of treatment is provided.
- a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof including administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
- the disease or disorder can be is associated with or mediated by abnormal c-Myc expression or biochemical activities.
- the disease is cancer.
- the cancer is colon, breast, cervical, small cell lung carcinomas, osteosarcomas, glioblastomas, melanoma or myeloid leukemia.
- the cancers and tumors suitable for treatment with compositions and methods can be those present in a variety of tissues and organs. They also include cancer cells, tumor cells, which include malignant tumor cells, and the like that are found in the component cells of these tissues and/or organs.
- Examples include brain tumors (glioblastoma multiforme and the like), spinal tumors, maxillary sinus cancer, cancer of the pancreatic gland, gum cancer, tongue cancer, lip cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, mesopharyngeal cancer, hypopharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, lung cancer, pleural tumors, cancerous peritonitis, cancerous pleuritis, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, bile duct cancer, gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, hepatic cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, penile cancer, testicular tumors, cancer of the adrenal glands, uterocervical cancer, endometrial cancer, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, ovarian cancer, ciliated epithelial cancer, malignant bone tumors, soft-tissue sarcomas, breast cancer, skin cancer, malignant melanomas, basal cell tumors, leuk
- reactions were carried out under atmospheric conditions and all reagents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification. Reactions were monitored using thin-layer chromatography (TLC) or high-performance liquid chromatography-MS (HPLC-MS). TLC was performed using Merck precoated analytical plates (0.25 mm thick, silica gel 60 F254) and visualized under UV light.
- Example Bl Fluorescence enhancement of fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC.
- Fluorescent probe 1 (5 pM) was incubated with varying concentrations of MYC protein (1:3 dilution in buffer - 50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 2% DMSO - 6.68pM-1.6nM) for 1 hr. at 21°C.
- Figure 2 shows increase in fluorescence of 1 with increasing concentrations of MYC. Under these conditions 1 exhibited a dose-dependent emission increase.
- Example B2 Fluorescence perturbation of coumarin derivatives compared to fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC.
- Figure 3 shows a dose-dependent fluorescence increase upon incubation of MYC with 1.
- Coumarin derivatives evaluated under the same conditions exhibited the opposite effect ( Figure 3, middle and bottom panels), an emission decrease, suggesting the KJ-Pyr-9 scaffold (i.e. inhibition of MYC) is required for the emission increase of 1.
- Example B4 KJ-Pyr-9 Scaffold Specificity and Affinity.
- Bio-layer Interferometry (BLI): Streptavidin sensors (ForteBio) were equilibrated in buffer consisting of 50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 0.1% BSA, 0.02% Tween-20 and 10 mM NaCl (note: NaCl concentration optimized for individual sensor trays) for five minutes, and this buffer was used throughout the experiment.
- HEPES buffer (30 mM HEPES, 50 mM NaCl, 0.005% Tween20, 3 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and centrifuged to remove supernatant (2500 x g, 10 min). Proteins were extracted from pellets (10 ⁇ L) according to the protocol in the M-PER instructions (Thermo Fisher, #78501). Pierce high capacity streptavidin agarose (200 ⁇ L) was rinsed with MES buffer (600 ⁇ L, 50 mM MES, pH 6.0) three times before incubation (12 hr, rt) with the biotinylated compound (60 nmol, 2 or 3) in 5% DMSO MES buffer (600 ⁇ L).
- the respective competitor (90 nmol, unlabeled 2 or 3) was added in MES buffer (600 ⁇ L, 3% DMSO) and gently mixed (3 hr, rt). The supernatant was isolated by centrifugation (500 x g,
- Binding affinity and ability to inhibit MYC-MAX DNA complexation were evaluated by previously described SPR methods (Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239): Briefly, the binding of KJ-Pyr-9 and 1 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX- dimer proteins were evaluated using SPR technique.
- MYC monomer protein and MYC-MAX dimer proteins were immobilized onto the CM5 sensor chip surface (GE Healthcare Life Sciences, # 29149603) via amine-coupling methodology aimed at a ligand density around 1,000 and 1,400 RUs, respectively.
- a Biacore 8K (GE Healthcare Life Sciences) built-in LMW single-cycle kinetics protocol was used for kinetics determination. The contact time was set as 120 s for each concentration, and the entire dissociation time was set as 3600 s. There were 5 concentrations per compound per cycle, each tested compound had its own blank buffer injection as reference.
- Example B5 Inhibitor Binding Site.
- Ligands were imported into and prepared using LigPrep (Madhavi et al., 2013, J. Comput. Aided. Mol. Des., 27, 221-234). Docking was carried out using the Induced Fit Docking module in Glide (Sherman et al., 2006, J. Med. Chem., 49, 534-553). A receptor box grid center was built 20 A around the KKATAYIL peptide sequence of MYC (the binding residues derived from HDX-MS) and compounds were docked with Extra Precision Glide redocking and otherwise default settings, with the lowest energy binding mode represented (Friesner et al., 2006, J. Med. Chem., 49, 6177-6196).
- the binding pocket surrounding the binding region was predicted using SiteMap, and predicted chemical properties were calculated in QikProp (Halgren T., 2007, Chem. Biol. Drug Des., 69, 146- 148; Halgren T., 2009, J. Chem. Ihf. Model., 49, 377-389). Figures were generated using PyMol Molecular Graphics System (Schrodinger, LLC).
- HDX-MS hydrogen-deuterium exchange detected by mass spectrometry
- Peptides included in the HDX analysis peptide set had a MASCOT score greater than 20.
- the MASCOT search was repeated against a decoy (reverse) sequence, and ambiguous identifications were ruled out and not included in the HDX peptide set.
- MYC-MAX dimer (10 mM) was incubated (lh, rt) with the respective ligands at a 1:10 protein-to-ligand molar ratio.
- 5 ⁇ L of sample was diluted into 20 ⁇ L D2O buffer (50 mM MES, pH 7.4; 28 mM NaCl) and incubated for various time points (0, 10, 60, 300, 900, and 3600 s) at 4 °C.
- the deuterium exchange was then slowed by mixing with 25 ⁇ L of cold (4 °C) 0.1 M Sodium Phosphate, 50 mM TCEP and 1% trifluoroacetic acid. Quenched samples were immediately injected into the HDX platform.
- the intensity weighted mean m/z centroid value of each peptide envelope was calculated and subsequently converted into a percentage of deuterium incorporation. This is accomplished determining the observed averages of the non-deuterated and fully deuterated spectra and using the conventional formula. Corrections for back-exchange were made based on an estimated 70% deuterium recovery and accounting for the known 80% deuterium content of the deuterium exchange buffer. HDX analyses were performed in triplicate, with single preparations of each purified protein/complex. Statistical significance for the differential HDX-MS data is determined by t-test for each time point and is integrated into the HDX-MS Workbench software.
- the MYC-MAX dimer in the presence of 1, exhibited reduced exchange in residues KKATAYIL (C-MYC397-404) of the MYC sequence relative to DMSO as demonstrated via deuterium exchange experiments (data not shown).
- This binding site a depiction of which (based on molecular modeling) is shown in figure 6, is within the bHLH- LZ motif (C-MYC 351-439 ), a critical interface for MYC-MAX dimerization.
- a mathematical algorithm was used to determine active compounds. Two values were calculated: 1) the average percent response of all compounds tested for the screen, and 2) three times their standard deviation. The sum of these two values was used as a cutoff parameter, i.e. any compound that exhibited greater percent inhibition than the cutoff parameter (35.5% in the case here) was declared active. Using this cutoff, the diversity assay yielded 6 active compounds (“hits”). Six molecules were selected for evaluation, see figure 8, compounds 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
- the protocol for the 1536-well plate format 5 ⁇ L/well of MYC and fluorescent probe 1 were dispensed as follows: 50 mM MES pH 6 and 22.1 mM NaCl+ 1 mM MYC enzyme and 0.8 mM final 1. Then, 50 nL/well test compounds were pinned at 10 pM final concentration in 2% DMSO. The plates were centrifuged for 4 minutes at 1,000 rpm at room temperature and incubated in the dark for 60 minutes at room temperature. Fluorescence was read using TECAN M200.
- the counter-screen titration assay is similar in format to the MYC inhibitor assay but employs a method wherein fluorescence in the presence of MYC, the probe 1 and the hit compound is subtracted by the fluorescence in the absence of MYC.
- the titration assay employed the same reagents, protocols, and detection systems as the confirmation, but tested each of the selected/available compounds as 10-point dose-response titrations (3 -fold dilutions) in triplicate.
- the titration assay performance for inhibitors were consistent with an average Z’ of 0.87 ⁇ 0.01 and a S:B of 8.59 ⁇ 0.12.
- Example B7 Evaluation of Screening Hits: Inhibition of MYC-MAX DNA Binding by SPR.
- Table 1 Selected ADME properties calculated in QikProp. MW, molecular weight (g/mol); HBD, hydrogen bond donors; HBA, hydrogen bond acceptors; cLogP, predicted octanol/water partition coefficient; cLogS, predicted aqueous solubility (mol/L); predicted apparent non-active transport Caco-2 cell permeability (nm/sec); %Abs, predicted human oral absorption; Van der Waals polar surface area (PSA) of nitrogen and oxygen atoms (A 2 ); Ro5, violations of Lipinski’s rule of five; Ro3, violations of Jorgensen’s rule of three: (LogS > -5.7, Caco2 > 22 nm/s, # primary metabolites ⁇
- Example B8 Evaluation of Screening Hits: CEF (Chicken Embryo Fibroblast) Oncogenic Transformation Assay.
- CEF Chicken Embryo Fibroblast
- MYC-induced oncogenic transformation in chicken embryo fibroblasts (CEF) was used as a secondary screen to determine inhibition of MYC in a biological setting.
- Cellular efficacy and specificity were evaluated by previously described CEF oncogenic transformation assays (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239).
- Six of the fourteen compounds demonstrated the ability to reduce foci formation at concentrations 10 mM or lower (data not shown).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided, inter alia, is a high-throughput screening assay for identifying a MYC inhibitor. Further disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for treating cancer using the MYC inhibitor identified via the high-throughput screening assay described herein.
Description
HIGH-THROUGHPUT ASSAY FOR IDENTIFICATION OF MYC INHIBITORS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The subject patent application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/187,573 (filed May 12, 2021; now pending). The full disclosures of the priority application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety and for all purposes.
[0002] Throughout this application various publications, patents, and/or patent applications are referenced. The disclosures of the publications, patents and/or patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this disclosure pertains.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0003] The present disclosure relates to high-throughput screening assay for identifying MYC inhibitor scaffolds using a fluorescent small molecule probe. The present disclosure further relates to pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for treating cancer with the MYC inhibitors identified via the high-throughput screening assay described herein.
INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY
[0004] The v-myc myelocytomatosis viral oncogene homolog (MYC) protein is an essential regulator of cell-cycle progression occupying and apical space in the transcriptome (Adhikary et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2005, 6 (8), 635-645). The proto-oncogene c-myc encodes a transcription factor (MYC) that controls cell proliferation. MYC also plays a role in regulating cell cycle, cell growth, angiogenesis, apoptosis, and oncogenesis. MYC is involved in almost all cancers, and a gain of function in MYC is seen in nearly all human cancers. MYC’s activity can increase in tumors as a consequence of mutations, chromosomal rearrangements, increased expression, or gene amplification. Elevated or deregulated expression of c-MYC has been detected in a wide range of human cancers and is often associated with aggressive, poorly differentiated tumors. Such cancers include colon, breast, cervical, small cell lung carcinomas, osteosarcomas, glioblastomas, melanoma and myeloid leukemias.
[0005] Part of the difficulty in studying MYC is its frenetic mode of action: although having an ephemeral existence, it is able to seemingly affect transcription in both a local and global manner. Moreover, MYC exists as an intrinsically disordered protein (IDP), taking on
structure only in the presence of other basic helix-loop-helix leucine zipper (bHLH-LZ) transcription factors of the MAX network. Its control of mitogenesis requires association with another bHLH-LZ protein, MAX, which exists in the cell stoichiometric excess to MYC (Adhikary et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2005, 6 (8), 635-645; Blackwood et al., Science 1991, 251, 1211-1217; Conacci-Sorrell et al., Cold Spring Harb. Perspect Med. 2014, 4 (1), a014357-a014357; and McKeown and Bradner, Cold Spring Harb. Perspect Med, 2014, 4 (10), aO 14266).
[0006] MYC and MAX are both intrinsically disordered proteins (IDP) that heterodimerize and bind preferentially to the palindromic E-box motif in DNA to stimulate or promote transcriptional activity (Ji et al., PLoS One , 2011, 6, e26057; Nie et al., Cell , 2012, 151, 68-79; and Lin et al., Cell, 2012, 151, 56-67). Dysregulation of MYC family gene/proteins occurs in over half of all human tumors and is recognized as a general hallmark of cancer initiation and maintenance (Adhikary et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2005, 6 (8), 635-645; Eilers et al., Genes Dev., 2008, 22, 2755-2766; Varlakhanova et al., Cancer Res., 2009, 69, 7487-7490; Gabay et al., Perspect. Med., 2014, 4, aO 14241; and Dang, Cell, 2012, 149, 22-35). Its gain of function in cancer is largely a result of overabundance (Kalkat et al., Genes {Basel), 2017, 8, 2-30), rather than mutation, stemming from changes in gene copy number, transcriptional overexpression, post-translational modification (Zhang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2012, 109, 2790-2795; Malempati et al., Leukemia, 2006, 20, 1572-1581), and decreased degradation resulting from suppression of ubiquitin E3 ligases (Choi et al., Genes Dev., 2010, 24, 1236-1241). Beyond accelerating proliferation, MYC has been implicated in immune evasion by regulating immune checkpoint genes (Casey et al., Blood, 2018, 131, 2007-2015). Furthermore, MYC has been found to have unexpected roles in cancers that nominally have a non-MYC etiology (Soucek et al., Genes Dev., 2013, 27, 504- 513; Liu et al., Nat. Med., 2011, 17, 1116-1120).
[0007] MYC is a pleiotropic transcription factor, yet it possesses broad pathogenic prominence making it a coveted cancer target. This MYC dichotomy has produced a forbidding fear that inhibiting a gene that controls essential cellular activities would lead to unacceptable side effects in vivo. Surprisingly, studies involving the systemic inhibition of MYC through conditional expression of a dominant-negative Omomyc allele in tumorbearing mice have demonstrated dramatic losses of tumor phenotypes in lung adenocarcinomas (Soucek et al., Genes Dev., 2013, 27, 504-513; Beaulieu et al., Sci. Transl. Med., 2019, 11, eaar5012). Glioblastomas (Annibali et al., Nat. Commun., 2014, 5, 4632), skin papillomatosis (Soucek et al., Cell Death Differ., 2004, 11, 1038-1045), and pancreatic
tumors (Sodir et al., Genes Dev., 2011, 25, 907-915). This occurs without intolerable side- effects and those which do occur are reversible when MYC inhibition is relieved. Furthermore, this absence of toxicity has to a large extent been mirrored by small molecules at therapeutic concentrations (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Stellas et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 2014, 106, dju320; Soodgupta et al ,,Mol. Cancer Ther., 2015, 14, 1286-1294; Han et al., Cancer Cell, 2019, 36, 483-497; and Bouvard et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2017, 114, 3497-3502). Thus, while MYC is a pleiotropic transcription factor, its inhibition has had only mild and reversible side effects to normal tissues in adult animals indicating that a therapeutic window is achievable despite global MYC inhibition. [0008] This lack of structure and instability greatly impairs the ability to structurally or biophysically characterize MYC interactions. In all, these attributes have worked to make MYC an attractive, but elusive target in drug discovery. Even as one of the most established oncoproteins, decades of drug development have failed to produce a clinically viable MYC inhibitor. As a result, indirect methods of modulating MYC dysregulation through epigenetic silencing or by manipulating post-translational regulators of MYC have been examined (Allen-Petersen et al., BioDrugs, 2019, 33, 539-553; Janghorban et al ,,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 9157-9162). Although these methods are promising, many of these targets are not MYC-specific, presenting potential off-target effects and resistance pathways (Allen-Petersen et al., BioDrugs, 2019, 33, 539-553). The longstanding strategy has been to directly disrupt the protein-protein interaction (PPI) between MYC and MAX to inhibit dimerization or DNA complexing, ultimately interrupting gene transcription. This strategy has the potential for high specificity with low mutational evasion (Allen-Petersen et al., BioDrugs, 2019, 33, 539- 553). The challenge of this approach is two-fold: 1. IDPs like MYC lack well-defined binding pockets, and small molecule interactions come at a high entropic cost (Jin et al., PLOS Comput. Biol., 2013, 9, el003249; Michel et al., PLoS One, 2012, 7, e41070; and Yu et al., Sci. Rep., 2016, 6, 22298). 2. PPI interfaces are highly dynamic and expansive areas (flat, featureless and relatively large) that are challenging to disrupt with low molecular weight entities (Mabonga et al., Biophys. Rev., 201911, 559-581). Even so, a number of inhibitors capable of interfering with the MYC-MAX dimer have been identified, demonstrating the feasibility of this strategy (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Stellas et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 2014, 106, dju320; Han et al., Cancer Cell, 2019, 36, 483-497; Wang et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 2007, 6, 2399-2408; Yin et al.,
Oncogene, 2003, 22, 6151-6159; Berg et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2002, 99, 3830-3835; Kiessling et al., Chem. Biol., 2006, 13, 745-751; Shi et al., Bioorganic Med. Chem. Lett.,
2009, 19, 6038-6041; Chauhan et al., ChemMedChem , 2014, 9, 2274-2285; Kiessling et al., ChemMedChem , 2007, 2, 627-630; Choi et al., ACS Chem. Biol., 2017, 12, 2715-2719; and Castell et al., Sci. Rep., 2018, 8, 10064).
[0009] To discover small molecule MYC inhibitors, screening platforms have utilized Forster resonance energy transfer (FRET) (Berg et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2002, 99, 3830- 3835), fluorescence polarization (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561), bimolecular fluorescence/luciferase complementation (Kiessling et al., Chem. Biol., 2006, 13, 745-751; Choi et al., ACS Chem. Biol., 2017, 12, 2715-2719), electrophoretic mobility shift (EMSA) (Jeong et al., Mol. Biosyst., 2010, 6, 1503-1509), and yeast two-hybrid (Wang et al., Mol. Cancer Idler., 2007, 6, 2399-2408) methodologies. While these platforms have identified compounds, they exhibit a variety of limitations, including cost, complexity, intellectual property, and the potential to yield artificial hits by adulterating the structure of the IDP MYC.
[0010] Thus, there exists a need for a simple, reliable, and cost effective high-throughput screening (HTS) assay for identification of small molecule MYC inhibitors. The present disclosure provides a simple and cost effective high-throughput screening assay for identifying MYC inhibitor scaffolds using a fluorescent small molecule probe. This high- throughput screening assay does not require covalent modifications, immobilizations, or the binding elements MAX and the DNA E-box.
[0011] In an aspect, provided herein is a compound of formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5
alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl. L1 is a bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof, and Q is a fluorophore.
[0012] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen.
[0013] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -CN.
[0014] In embodiments, L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or - NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-.
[0017] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of identifying a test compound as a MYC inhibitor, the method comprising: incubating a fluorescent probe with MYC, thereby forming a probe-MYC complex. Incubating the test compound with the probe-MYC complex. Measuring emission from test compound incubated with probe-MYC complex, and identifying the test compound as MYC inhibitor when detected fluorescence signal decreased in the presence of the test compound relative to the detected fluorescence signal in the absence of the test compound.
[0018] In embodiments, the fluorescent probe is a compound of formula I:
Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl. L1 is bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof, and Q is a fluorophore.
[0019] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen.
[0020] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -CN.
[0021] In embodiments, L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or - NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-.
[0022] In embodiments, Q is a coumarin derivative. In embodiments, Q is
[0023] In embodiments, the compound is 1, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0024] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
[0025] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
[0026] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
[0027] In an aspect, provided herein is a MYC inhibitor which is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
[0028] In an aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a MYC inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In embodiments, the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein.
[0029] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods described herein. In embodiments, the disease is cancer.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0030] FIG. 1 A depicts the process of the high-throughput screening assay for MYC inhibitor.
[0031] FIG. IB shows chemical structures of MYC inhibitor KJ-Pyr-9 and fluorescent probe 1 (derived from KJ-Pyr-9).
[0032] FIG. 2 shows fluorescence enhancement of fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC. Emission sweep of 1 (5 mM, excitation: 427 nm) after incubation (21 °C, 1 hr) with varying MYC concentrations (1:3 dilution, 6.7-0 pM) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 2% DMSO).
[0033] FIG. 3 shows fluorescence perturbation of 1, and two coumarin derivatives (which do not inhibit MYC - 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin and 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin) in the presence of MYC. Dilution series of MYC (2 pM-0.9 nM, 1:3) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween20 0.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without fluorophore (0.8 mM). Plates were incubated for 1 hr at room temperature before measuring emission at the maximum excitation: 1 (424 nm), 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin (375 nm), and 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin (339 nm). Emission values from wells with fluorophore were subtracted by the respective wells without fluorophore.
[0034] FIG. 4 Chemical structures of the fluorescent probe 1 and three established MYC inhibitors are shown at the top, with results of a competition assay, where following incubation of 1 with MYC, known MYC inhibitors were added at different concentrations, shown below. Solutions of 1 (0.8 pM) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween20 0.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without MYC (1 pM). Inhibitors were serially diluted across wells (1:3 dilution, 100 pM - 45.7 nM). The plate was incubated (1 hr, 21 °C, dark) before fluorescence was measured (excitation: 424 nm, emission: 470 nm). Fluorescence from wells with MYC were subtracted by the respective wells without MYC and the results were fit in GraphPad Prism. Data are presented as the average of three replicates ± SD.
[0035] FIG. 5A shows the binding of KJ-Pyr-9 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX- dimer proteins using SPR. KJ-Pyr-9 was flowed over MYC-monomer or MYC-MAX-dimer protein immobilized on the CM5 chip surface, and the ka , kd and KD values were determined by Biacore Insight Evaluation software. The blank and reference subtracted and solvent- corrected sensorgrams (dotted lines) and fitted curves (continuous curves) are shown.
[0036] FIG. 5B shows the binding of 1 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX-dimer proteins using SPR. 1 was flowed over MYC-monomer or MYC-MAX-dimer protein immobilized on the CM5 chip surface, and the ka , kd and KD values were determined by
Biacore Insight Evaluation software. The blank and reference subtracted and solvent- corrected sensorgrams (dotted lines) and fitted curves (continuous curves) are shown.
[0037] FIG. 6 shows structural elucidation and HDX-MS binding data. Rendering of the X- ray crystal structure of the MYC (white)/MAX (dark grey)/DNA complex (PDB 1NKP). The binding region for 1 is depicted in the highlighted region (light grey). Enlarged area of a part of the MYC/MAX/DNA complex is shown in the box on the right side of the figure. The enlarged area shows the induced-fit docking of the best-ranked poses of 1 and 5 into the binding region.
[0038] FIG. 7 shows the results of LOPAC 1280 (library of pharmacologically active compounds; N=1280) screen for discovery of MYC inhibitors. The scatter plot of 1280 compounds screened (in triplicate) in a high throughput assay is shown. Each dot represents the activity result of a well containing test compound (black dots) or controls (grey dots). Overall screening statistics are described in the box below the graph. In this viewing format, the y-axis represents % inhibition (response), i.e., full enzymatic activity is defined as “0” and fluorescence signal of the substrate in the presence of the 10074-G5 as “100”, with a hit cut-off of 23.74%. An example of a dose-response curve for 10074-G5 (and chemical structure of 10074-G5) is also shown.
[0039] FIG. 8 shows select high affinity hits selected from the 1536-well (LOPAC 1280) and 384-well pilot screens.
[0040] FIG. 9 A shows the inhibition of MYC-MAX DNA binding by SPR for pilot screen hits (whose chemical structures shown in figure 8). 100% inhibition set as buffer without MYC-MAX dimer and 0% inhibition set as buffer without inhibitor. Inhibitors were evaluated at 10 mM. Compounds KJ-Pyr-9, 5b and 5d are reported inhibitors (Jacob et ak, 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239). 1 is the fluorescent probe used for the high throughput assays.
[0041] FIG. 9B shows results of CEF assay. MYC specificity oncogenic transformation assay with KJ-Pyr-9 and 5 (see figure 8) against virally induced oncogenic transformation by MYC, Src, Jun, or H1047R. Efficiency of transformation (%) is relative to vehicle (DMSO) for the respective oncogene.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions:
[0042] Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art unless defined otherwise. Generally, terminologies pertaining to techniques of cell and tissue culture, molecular biology, immunology, microbiology, genetics, transgenic cell production, protein chemistry and nucleic acid chemistry and hybridization described herein are well known and commonly used in the art. The methods and techniques provided herein are generally performed according to conventional procedures well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed herein unless otherwise indicated. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989) and Ausubel et al.,
Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates (1992). All of the references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. The terminology used in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are well known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients.
[0043] The headings provided herein are not limitations of the various aspects of the disclosure, which aspects can be understood by reference to the specification as a whole. Unless otherwise required by context herein, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. Singular forms “a”, “an” and “the”, and singular use of any word, include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited on one referent. In addition, the phrase "substituted with a[n]," as used herein, means the specified group may be substituted with one or more of any or all of the named substituents. For example, where a group, such as an alkyl or heteroaryl group, is "substituted with an unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl," the group may contain one or more unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyls, and/or one or more unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyls.
[0001] Moreover, where a moiety is substituted with an R substituent, the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with
at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different. Where a particular R group is present in the description of a chemical genus (such as Formula (I)), a Roman alphabetic symbol may be used to distinguish each appearance of that particular R group. For example, where multiple R13 substituents are present, each R13 substituent may be distinguished as R13 A, R13 B, R13 c, R13 D, etc., wherein each of R13 A, R13 B, R13 c, R13 D, etc. is defined within the scope of the definition of R13 and optionally differently.
[0002] A “detectable agent” or “detectable moiety” is a composition, substance, element, or compound; or moiety thereof; detectable by appropriate means such as spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, chemical, magnetic resonance imaging, or other physical means. For example, useful detectable agents include 18F, 32P, 33P, 45Ti, 47Sc, 52Fe, 59Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 77 As, 86Y, 90Y. 89Sr, 89Zr, 94Tc, 94Tc, 99mTc, 99Mo, 105Pd, 105Rh, luAg, luIn, 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 142Pr, 143Pr, 149Pm, 153Sm, 154'1581Gd, 161Tb, 166Dy, 166HO, 169Er, 175LU, 177LU, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re, 194Ir, 198 Au, 199 Au, 211At, 211Pb, 212Bi, 212Pb, 213Bi, 223Ra, 225 Ac, Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, 32P, fluorophore (e.g. fluorescent dyes), electron-dense reagents, enzymes ( e.g ., as commonly used in an ELISA), biotin, digoxigenin, paramagnetic molecules, paramagnetic nanoparticles, ultrasmall superparamagnetic iron oxide ("USPIO") nanoparticles, USPIO nanoparticle aggregates, superparamagnetic iron oxide ("SPIO") nanoparticles, SPIO nanoparticle aggregates, monochrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles, monochrystalline iron oxide, nanoparticle contrast agents, liposomes or other delivery vehicles containing Gadolinium chelate ("Gd-chelate") molecules, Gadolinium, radioisotopes, radionuclides (e.g. carbon-11, nitrogen-13, oxygen-15, fluorine-18, rubidium- 82), fluorodeoxy glucose (e.g. fluorine- 18 labeled), any gamma ray emitting radionuclides, positron-emitting radionuclide, radiolabeled glucose, radiolabeled water, radiolabeled ammonia, biocolloids, microbubbles (e.g. including microbubble shells including albumin, galactose, lipid, and/or polymers; microbubble gas core including air, heavy gas(es), perfluorcarbon, nitrogen, octafluoropropane, perflexane lipid microsphere, perflutren, etc.), iodinated contrast agents (e.g. iohexol, iodixanol, ioversol, iopamidol, ioxilan, iopromide, diatrizoate, metrizoate, ioxaglate), barium sulfate, thorium dioxide, gold, gold nanoparticles, gold nanoparticle aggregates, fluorophores, two-photon fluorophores, or haptens and proteins or other entities which can be made detectable, e.g., by incorporating a radiolabel into a peptide or antibody specifically reactive with a target peptide. A detectable moiety is a
monovalent detectable agent or a detectable agent capable of forming a bond with another composition.
[0003] Radioactive substances (e.g., radioisotopes) that may be used as imaging and/or labeling agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, 18F, 32P, 33P, 45Ti, 47Sc, 52Fe, 59Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 77 As, 86Y, 90Y.
89 Sr, 89Zr, 94Tc, 94Tc, 99mTc, "Mo, 105Pd, 105Rh, mAg, U1ln, 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 142Pr, 143Pr, 149Pm, 153Sm, 154-1581Gd, 161Tb, 166Dy, 166Ho, 169Er, 175Lu, 177Lu, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re, 194Ir, 198Au, 199Au, 211At, 211Pb, 212Bi, 212Pb, 213Bi, 223Ra and 225 Ac. Paramagnetic ions that may be used as additional imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ions of transition and lanthanide metals (e.g. metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
[0022] It is understood the use of the alternative (e.g., “or”) herein is taken to mean either one or both or any combination thereof of the alternatives.
[0023] The term “and/or” used herein is to be taken mean specific disclosure of each of the specified features or components with or without the other. For example, the term “and/or” as used in a phrase such as “A and/or B” herein is intended to include “A and B,”
“A or B,” “A” (alone), and “B” (alone). Likewise, the term “and/or” as used in a phrase such as “A, B, and/or C” is intended to encompass each of the following aspects: A, B, and C; A, B, or C; A or C; A or B; B or C; A and C; A and B; B and C; A (alone); B (alone); and C (alone).
[0024] As used herein, the term “about” refers to a value or composition that is within an acceptable error range for the particular value or composition as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value or composition is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system. For example, “about” or “approximately” can mean within one or more than one standard deviation per the practice in the art. Alternatively, “about” or “approximately” can mean a range of up to 10% (i.e., ±10%) or more depending on the limitations of the measurement system. For example, about 5 mg can include any number between 4.5 mg and 5.5 mg. Furthermore, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the terms can mean up to an order of magnitude or up to 5-fold of a value. When particular values or compositions are provided in
the instant disclosure, unless otherwise stated, the meaning of “about” or “approximately” should be assumed to be within an acceptable error range for that particular value or composition. In embodiments, about includes the specified value.
[0025] In this disclosure, “comprises,” “comprising,” “containing” and “having” and the like can have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law and can mean “includes,” “including,” and the like. “Consisting essentially of or “consists essentially” likewise has the meaning ascribed in U.S. Patent law and the term is open-ended, allowing for the presence of more than that which is recited so long as basic or novel characteristics of that which is recited is not changed by the presence of more than that which is recited, but excludes prior art embodiments.
[0026] The terms "polypeptide," "peptide" and "protein" and other related terms used herein are used interchangeably to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may in embodiments be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
A "fusion protein" refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety. Polypeptides include mature molecules that have undergone cleavage. These terms encompass native and artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs (such as muteins, variants, chimeric proteins and fusion proteins) of a protein sequence as well as post-translationally, or otherwise covalently or non-covalently, modified proteins. Two or more polypeptides (e.g., 3 polypeptide chains) can associate with each other, via covalent and/or non-covalent association, to form a multimeric polypeptide complex (e.g., multi-specific antigen binding protein complex). Association of the polypeptide chains can also include peptide folding. Thus, a polypeptide complex can be dimeric, trimeric, tetrameric, or higher order complexes depending on the number of polypeptide chains that form the complex.
[0027] As used herein, the terms “cancer,” “neoplasm,” and “tumor” are used interchangeably and, in either the singular or plural form, refer to cells that have undergone a malignant transformation that makes them pathological to the host organism. Primary cancer cells can be readily distinguished from non-cancerous cells by well-established techniques, particularly histological examination. The definition of a cancer cell, as used herein, includes
not only a primary cancer cell, but any ceil derived from a cancer cell ancestor. This includes metastasized cancer cells, and in vitro cultures and cell lines derived from cancer ceils. When referring to a type of cancer that normally manifests as a solid tumor, a “clinically detectable” tumor is one that is detectable on the basis of tumor mass: e.g., by procedures such as computed tomography (CT) scan, magnetic resonance imaging (MKI), X-ray, ultrasound or palpation on physical examination, and/or which is detectable because of the expression of one or more cancer-specific antigens in a sample obtainable from a patient. Tumors may be a hematopoietic (or hematologic or hematological or blood-related) cancer, for example, cancers derived from blood cells or immune cells, which may be referred to as “liquid tumors.” Specific examples of clinical conditions based on hematologic tumors include leukemias such as chronic myelocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia and acute lymphocytic leukemia; plasma cell malignancies such as multiple myeloma, MGUS and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia; lymphomas such as non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, and the like,
[0028] The cancer may be any cancer in which an abnormal number of blast cells or unwanted ceil proliferation is present or that is diagnosed as a hematological cancer, including both lymphoid and myeloid malignancies. Myeloid malignancies include, but are not limited to, acute myeloid (or myelocytic or myelogenous or myelohlastic) leukemia (undifferentiated or differentiated), acute promyeioid (or promyelocytic or promyelogenous or promyeloblastic) leukemia, acute myelomonocytic (or myelomonoblastic) leukemia, acute monocytic (or monoblastic) leukemia, erythroleukemia and megakaryocytic (or megakaryoblastic) leukemia. These leukemias may be referred together as acute myeloid (or myelocytic or myelogenous) leukemia (AML). Myeloid malignancies also include myeloproliferative disorders (MPD) which include, but are not limited to, chronic myelogenous (or myeloid) leukemia (CML), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), essential thrombocythemia (or thrombocytosis), and polcythemia vera (PCV). Myeloid malignancies also include myelodysplasia (or myelodysplastic syndrome or MOS), which may be referred to as refractor/ anemia (RA), refractory anemia with excess blasts (RAEB), and refractory anemia with excess blasts in transformation (RAEBT); as well as myelofibrosis (MFS) with or without agnogenic myeloid metaplasia.
[0029] Hematopoietic cancers also include lymphoid malignancies, which may affect the lymph nodes, spleens, bone marrow, peripheral blood, and/or extranodal sites. Lymphoid
cancers include B-cell malignancies, which include, but are not limited to, B-cel! non- Hodgkin’s lymphomas (B-NHLs). B-NHLs may be indolent (or low-grade), intermediate- grade (or aggressive) or high-grade (very aggressive). Indolent Bcell lymphomas include follicular lymphoma (FL); small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL); marginal zone lymphoma (MZL) including nodal MZL, extranodal MZL, splenic MZL and splenic MZL with villous lymphocytes; lymphopiasmacytic lymphoma (LPL); and mucosa-associated-lymphoid tissue (MALT or extranodal marginal zone) lymphoma. Intermediate-grade B~NHLs include mantle ceil lymphoma (MCL) with or without leukemic involvement, diffuse large cell lymphoma (DLBCL), follicular large cell (or grade 3 or grade 3B) lymphoma, and primary mediastinal lymphoma (PML), High-grade B-NHLs include Burkitt's lymphoma (BL), Burkitt-like lymphoma, small non-eleaved ceil lymphoma (SNCCL) and lymphoblastic lymphoma. Other B-NHLs include immunoblastic lymphoma (or immunocytoma), primary effusion lymphoma, HIV associated (or AIDS related) lymphomas, and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD) or lymphoma. B-cell malignancies also include, but are not limited to, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), Waldenstrom’s rnacroglobulinemia (WM), hairy cell leukemia (HCL), large granular lymphocyte (LGL) leukemia, acute lymphoid (or lymphocytic or lymphoblastic) leukemia, and Castieman's disease. NHL may also include T-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma s (T-NHLs), which include, but are not limited to T-ceil non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma not otherwise specified (NOS), peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL), anaplastic large cell lymphoma (ALCL), angioimmunoblastic lymphoid disorder (A!LD), nasal natural killer (NK) cell/T-cell lymphoma, gamma/delta lymphoma, cutaneous T ceil lymphoma, mycosis fungoides, and Sezary syndrome,
[0030] Hematopoietic cancers also include Hodgkin’s lymphoma (or disease) including classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma, nodular sclerosing Hodgkin's lymphoma, mixed cellularity Hodgkin’s lymphoma, lymphocyte predominant (LP) Hodgkin's lymphoma, nodular LP Hodgkin's lymphoma, and lymphocy te depleted Hodgkin's lymphoma. Hematopoietic cancers also include plasma cell diseases or cancers such as multiple myeloma (MM) including smoldering MM, monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined (or unknown or unclear) significance (MGUS), plasmacytoma (bone, extramedullary), lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma (LPL), Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia, plasma cell leukemia, and primary amyloidosis (AL). Hematopoietic cancers may also include other cancers of additional hematopoietic cells, including polymorphonuclear leukocytes (or neutrophils), basophils,
eosinophils, dendritic cells, platelets, erythrocytes and natural killer cells. Tissues which include hematopoietic ceils referred herein to as “hematopoietic cell tissues” include bone marrow; peripheral blood; thymus; and peripheral lymphoid tissues, such as spleen, lymph nodes, lymphoid tissues associated with mucosa (such as the gut-associated lymphoid tissues), tonsils, Peyer's patches and appendix, and lymphoid tissues associated with other mucosa, for example, the bronchial linings.
[0031] The term "isolated", means altered “by the hand of man” from its natural state, has been changed or removed from its original environment, or both. When the term “isolated” is applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It can be, for example, in a homogeneous state and may be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, high-performance liquid chromatography or mass spectrophotometry. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified. For example, a polynucleotide or a polypeptide naturally present in a living organism is not “isolated,” but the same polynucleotide or polypeptide separated from the coexisting materials of its natural state is “isolated”, including but not limited to when such polynucleotide or polypeptide is introduced back into a cell, even if the cell is of the same species or type as that from which the polynucleotide or polypeptide was separated.
[0032] As used herein, the term “variant” polypeptides and “variants” of polypeptides refers to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence with one or more amino acid residues inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the amino acid sequence relative to a reference polypeptide sequence. Polypeptide variants include fusion proteins. In the same manner, a variant polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence with one or more nucleotides inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the nucleotide sequence relative to another polynucleotide sequence. Polynucleotide variants include fusion polynucleotides.
[0033] As used herein the term “domain” refers to a folded protein structure which has tertiary structure independent of the rest of the protein. Generally, domains are responsible for discrete functional properties of proteins and in many cases may be added, removed or transferred to other proteins without loss of function of the remainder of the protein and/or of the domain. An “antibody single variable domain” is a folded polypeptide domain comprising sequences characteristic of antibody variable domains. It therefore includes
complete antibody variable domains and modified variable domains, for example, in which one or more loops have been replaced by sequences which are not characteristic of antibody variable domains, or antibody variable domains which have been truncated or comprise N- or C-terminal extensions, as well as folded fragments of variable domains which retain at least the binding activity and specificity of the full-length domain.
[0034] An “individual” “patient” or “subject” is a mammal. Mammals include, but are not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g., cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses), primates (e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats). In certain embodiments, the individual or subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject is an adult, an adolescent, a child, or an infant. In some embodiments, the terms “individual” or “patient” are used and are intended to be interchangeable with “subject”.
[0035] “Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity” with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, with the aid of the local homology algorithm by Smith and Waterman, 1981, Ads App. Math. 2, 482, with the aid of the local homology algorithm by Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48, 443, with the aid of the similarity search algorithm by Pearson and Lipman, 1988, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 88, 2444, or with the aid of computer programs using said algorithms (e.g., EMBOSS Needle or EMBOSS Water, available at www.ebi.ac.uk/Tools/psa/ ). Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. "Percentage of sequence identity" or "percent (%) [sequence] identity", as used herein, is determined by comparing two optimally locally aligned sequences over a comparison window defined by the length of the local alignment between the two sequences. (This may also be considered percentage of homology or "percent (%) homology".) The amino acid sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (e.g., gaps or overhangs) as compared to the reference sequence for optimal alignment of the two sequences. Local alignment between two sequences only includes segments of each sequence that are deemed to be sufficiently similar
according to a criterion that depends on the algorithm used to perform the alignment (e.g., EMBOSS Water), "identical" or percent "identity," refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., about 60% identity, preferably 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or higher identity over a specified region, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window or designated region). The percentage identity is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (Add. APL. Math.
2:482, 1981), by the global homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, 1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 2444, 1988), or by inspection. GAP and BESTFIT, as additional examples, can be employed to determine the optimal alignment of two sequences that have been identified for comparison. Typically, the default values of 5.00 for gap weight and 0.30 for gap weight length are used.
[0036] A comparison of the sequences and determination of the percent identity between two polypeptide sequences, or between two polynucleotide sequences, may be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. For example, the "percent identity" or "percent homology" of two polypeptide or two polynucleotide sequences may be determined by comparing the sequences using the GAP computer program (a part of the GCG Wisconsin Package, version 10.3 (Accelrys, San Diego, Calif.)) using its default parameters. Expressions such as “comprises a sequence with at least X% identity to Y” with respect to a test sequence mean that, when aligned to sequence Y as described above, the test sequence comprises residues identical to at least X% of the residues of Y.
[0037] An amino acid or nucleotide base "position" is denoted by a number that sequentially identifies each amino acid (or nucleotide base) in the reference sequence based on its position relative to the N-terminus (or 5'-end). Due to deletions, insertions, truncations, fusions, and the like that must be taken into account when determining an optimal alignment, in general the amino acid residue number in a test sequence determined by simply counting from the N-terminus will not necessarily be the same as the number of its corresponding
position in the reference sequence. For example, in a case where a variant has a deletion relative to an aligned reference sequence, there will be no amino acid in the variant that corresponds to a position in the reference sequence at the site of deletion. Where there is an insertion in an aligned reference sequence, that insertion will not correspond to a numbered amino acid position in the reference sequence. In the case of truncations or fusions there can be stretches of amino acids in either the reference or aligned sequence that do not correspond to any amino acid in the corresponding sequence.
[0038] The terms "numbered with reference to" or "corresponding to," when used in the context of the numbering of a given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence, refers to the numbering of the residues of a specified reference sequence when the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence is compared to the reference sequence. An amino acid residue in a protein "corresponds" to a given residue when it occupies the same essential structural position within the protein as the given residue. For example, a selected residue in a selected protein corresponds to Lys397 of MYC when the selected residue occupies the same essential spatial or other structural relationship as Lys397 in MYC. Instead of a primary sequence alignment, a three-dimensional structural alignment can also be used. In this case, an amino acid that occupies the same essential position as Lys397 in the structural model is said to correspond to the Lys residue.
[0039] “Linker” refers to a chemical moiety comprising a covalent bond or a chain of atoms that covalently attaches an antibody to a drug moiety. In various embodiments, linkers include a divalent radical. In various embodiments, linkers can comprise one or more amino acid residues.
[0040] As used herein, the terms “bioconjugate” and “bioconjugate linker” refers to the resulting association between atoms or molecules of “bioconjugate reactive groups” or “bioconjugate reactive moieties”. The association can be direct or indirect. For example, a conjugate between a first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., -NFL, -C(O)OH, -N- hydroxysuccinimide, or -maleimide) and a second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., sulfhydryl, sulfur-containing amino acid, amine, amine sidechain containing amino acid, or carboxylate) provided herein can be direct, e.g., by covalent bond or linker (e.g. a first linker of second linker), or indirect, e.g., by non-covalent bond (e.g. electrostatic interactions (e.g. ionic bond, hydrogen bond, halogen bond), van der Waals interactions (e.g. dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole, London dispersion), ring stacking (pi effects), hydrophobic
interactions and the like). In embodiments, bioconjugates or bioconjugate linkers are formed using bioconjugate chemistry (i.e. the association of two bioconjugate reactive groups) including, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides, active esters), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition). These and other useful reactions are discussed in, for example, March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 1985; Hermanson, BIOCONJUGATE TECHNIQUES, Academic Press, San Diego, 1996; and Feeney et al., MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS; Advances in Chemistry Series, Vol. 198, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1982. In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., maleimide moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. a sulfhydryl). In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., haloacetyl moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. a sulfhydryl). In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., pyridyl moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. a sulfhydryl). In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., -N- hydroxysuccinimide moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. an amine). In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., maleimide moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. a sulfhydryl).
In embodiments, the first bioconjugate reactive group (e.g., -sulfo-N-hydroxysuccinimide moiety) is covalently attached to the second bioconjugate reactive group (e.g. an amine).
[0041] Useful bioconjugate reactive moieties used for bioconjugate chemistries herein include, for example:
(a) carboxyl groups and various derivatives thereof including, but not limited to, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, N-hydroxybenztriazole esters, acid halides, acyl imidazoles, thioesters, p-nitrophenyl esters, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and aromatic esters;
(b) hydroxyl groups which can be converted to esters, ethers, aldehydes, etc.
(c) haloalkyl groups wherein the halide can be later displaced with a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a new group at the site of the halogen atom;
(d) dienophile groups which are capable of participating in Diels-Alder reactions such as, for example, maleimido or maleimide groups;
(e) aldehyde or ketone groups such that subsequent derivatization is possible via formation of carbonyl derivatives such as, for example, imines, hydrazones, semicarbazones or oximes, or via such mechanisms as Grignard addition or alkyllithium addition;
(f) sulfonyl halide groups for subsequent reaction with amines, for example, to form sulfonamides;
(g) thiol groups, which can be converted to disulfides, reacted with acyl halides, or bonded to metals such as gold, or react with maleimides;
(h) amine or sulfhydryl groups (e.g., present in cysteine), which can be, for example, acylated, alkylated or oxidized;
(i) alkenes, which can undergo, for example, cycloadditions, acylation,
Michael addition, etc;
(j) epoxides, which can react with, for example, amines and hydroxyl compounds;
(k) phosphoramidites and other standard functional groups useful in nucleic acid synthesis;
(l) metal silicon oxide bonding; and
(m) metal bonding to reactive phosphorus groups (e.g. phosphines) to form, for example, phosphate diester bonds.
(n) azides coupled to alkynes using copper catalyzed cycloaddition click chemistry.
(o) biotin conjugate can react with avidin or strepavidin to form an avidin-biotin complex or streptavidin-biotin complex.
[0004] The bioconjugate reactive groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the chemical stability of the conjugate described herein. Alternatively, a reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the crosslinking reaction by the presence of a protecting group. In embodiments, the bioconjugate comprises a molecular entity derived from the reaction of an unsaturated bond, such as a maleimide, and a
sulfhydryl group. The term “protecting group” is used in accordance with its ordinary meaning in organic chemistry and refers to a moiety covalently bound to a heteroatom, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl to prevent reactivity of the heteroatom, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl during one or more chemical reactions performed prior to removal of the protecting group. Typically a protecting group is bound to a heteroatom (e.g., O) during a part of a multipart synthesis wherein it is not desired to have the heteroatom react (e.g., a chemical reduction) with the reagent. Following protection the protecting group may be removed (e.g., by modulating the pH). In embodiments the protecting group is an alcohol protecting group. Non-limiting examples of alcohol protecting groups include acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl ether (MOM), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), and silyl ether (e.g., trimethyl silyl (TMS)). In embodiments the protecting group is an amine protecting group. Non-limiting examples of amine protecting groups include carbobenzyloxy (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), 9-Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, carbamate, p-methoxybenzyl ether (PMB), and tosyl (Ts).
[0043] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” is meant to include salts of the active compounds that are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p- tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge etal. , “Pharmaceutical Salts”,
Journal of Pharmaceutical Science , 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
[0044] Thus, the compounds of the present disclosure may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The present disclosure includes such salts. Non-limiting examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, phosphates, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, proprionates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (-)-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid, and quaternary ammonium salts (e.g. methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, and the like). These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
[0045] The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound may differ from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
[0046] In addition to salt forms, the present disclosure provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein may be converted in vivo after administration. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment, such as, for example, when contacted with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
[0047] Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0048] “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the administration of an active agent to and absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present disclosure without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the patient. Non-limiting examples of
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer's solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like. Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the disclosure. One of skill in the art will recognize that other pharmaceutical excipients are useful in the present disclosure.
[0049] The term “pharmaceutical formulation” refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
[0050] The term “administering”, “administered” and grammatical variants refers to the physical introduction of an agent to a subject, using any of the various methods and delivery systems known to those skilled in the art. Exemplary routes of administration for the formulations disclosed herein include intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, spinal or other parenteral routes of administration, for example by injection or infusion. The phrase “parenteral administration” as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intralymphatic, intralesional, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, epidural and intrasternal injection and infusion, as well as in vivo electroporation. In some embodiments, the formulation is administered via a non-parenteral route, e.g., orally. Other non-parenteral routes include a topical, epidermal or mucosal route of administration, for example, intranasally, vaginally, rectally, sublingually or topically. Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods.
[0051] "Treating" and "treatment" as used herein include prophylactic treatment.
Treatment methods include administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of
an active agent. The administering step may consist of a single administration or may include a series of administrations. The length of the treatment period depends on a variety of factors, such as the severity of the condition, the age of the patient, the concentration of active agent, the activity of the compositions used in the treatment, or a combination thereof. It will also be appreciated that the effective dosage of an agent used for the treatment or prophylaxis may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment or prophylaxis regime. Changes in dosage may result and become apparent by standard diagnostic assays known in the art. In some instances, chronic administration may be required. For example, the compositions are administered to the subject in an amount and for a duration sufficient to treat the patient. In embodiments, the treating or treatment is no prophylactic treatment.
[0052] An “effective amount” is an amount sufficient for a compound to accomplish a stated purpose relative to the absence of the compound (e.g. achieve the effect for which it is administered, treat a disease, reduce enzyme activity, increase enzyme activity, reduce a signaling pathway, or reduce one or more symptoms of a disease or condition). An example of an “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to contribute to the treatment, prevention, or reduction of a symptom or symptoms of a disease, which could also be referred to as a “therapeutically effective amount.” A “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms (and grammatical equivalents of this phrase) means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s). A “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology or condition, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology, or condition, or their symptoms. The full prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations. An “activity decreasing amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of antagonist required to decrease the activity of an enzyme relative to the absence of the antagonist. A “function disrupting amount,” as used herein, refers to the amount of antagonist required to disrupt the function of an enzyme or protein relative to the absence of the antagonist. The exact amounts will depend on the purpose of the treatment, and will be ascertainable by one skilled in the art using known techniques (see, e.g., Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (vols. 1-3, 1992); Lloyd, The Art, Science and Technology of Pharmaceutical Compounding (1999); Pickar, Dosage Calculations
(1999); and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2003, Gennaro, Ed., Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins).
[0053] For any compound described herein, the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from cell culture assays. Target concentrations will be those concentrations of active compound(s) that are capable of achieving the methods described herein, as measured using the methods described herein or known in the art.
[0054] As is well known in the art, therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans can also be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals. The dosage in humans can be adjusted by monitoring compounds effectiveness and adjusting the dosage upwards or downwards, as described above. Adjusting the dose to achieve maximal efficacy in humans based on the methods described above and other methods is well within the capabilities of the ordinarily skilled artisan.
[0055] The term “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refers to that amount of the therapeutic agent sufficient to ameliorate the disorder, as described above. For example, for the given parameter, a therapeutically effective amount will show an increase or decrease of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, or at least 100%. Therapeutic efficacy can also be expressed as “-fold” increase or decrease. For example, a therapeutically effective amount can have at least a 1.2-fold, 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, or more effect over a control.
[0056] Dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed. The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the present disclosure, should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.
[0057] “Affinity” refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1 : 1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for measuring binding affinity are described in the following.
[0058] In embodiments, a dissociation constant (KD) can be measured using a BIACORE surface plasmon resonance (SPR) assay. Surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIACORE system (Biacore Life Sciences division of GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ).
[0059] An “inhibitor” refers to a compound (e.g. compounds described herein) that reduces activity when compared to a control, such as absence of the compound or a compound with known inactivity. The terms “inhibitor,” “repressor” or “antagonist” or “downregulator” interchangeably refer to a substance capable of detectably decreasing the expression or activity of a given gene or protein. The antagonist can decrease expression or activity 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in comparison to a control in the absence of the antagonist. In certain instances, expression or activity is 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 3- fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or lower than the expression or activity in the absence of the antagonist.
[0060] As defined herein, the term “inhibition”, “inhibit”, “inhibiting” and the like in reference to a protein-inhibitor interaction means negatively affecting (e.g. decreasing) the activity or function of the protein relative to the activity or function of the protein in the absence of the inhibitor. In embodiments inhibition means negatively affecting (e.g. decreasing) the concentration or levels of the protein relative to the concentration or level of the protein in the absence of the inhibitor. In embodiments inhibition refers to reduction of a disease or symptoms of disease. In embodiments, inhibition refers to a reduction in the activity of a particular protein target. Thus, inhibition includes, at least in part, partially or totally blocking stimulation, decreasing, preventing, or delaying activation, or inactivating, desensitizing, or down-regulating signal transduction or enzymatic activity or the amount of a protein. In embodiments, inhibition refers to a reduction of activity of a target protein
resulting from a direct interaction (e.g. an inhibitor binds to the target protein). In embodiments, inhibition refers to a reduction of activity of a target protein from an indirect interaction (e.g. an inhibitor binds to a protein that activates the target protein, thereby preventing target protein activation).
[0061] The term “MYC,” as used herein, refers to the protein product of the c-Myc gene. Dysregulation of MYC family gene/proteins occurs in over half of all human tumors and is recognized as a general hallmark of cancer initiation and maintenance. M YC is a transcriptional regulator that belongs to a family of basic helix-loop-helix leucine zipper (bHLH-LZ) proteins that dimerize with the bHLH-LZ protein MAX to become functional . The MYC-MAX heterodimer preferentially binds to the E-Box motif, a palindromic DNA sequence. MYC affects transcription at two molecular levels. As a transcription factor, it can bind to the promoters of target genes to stimulate or repress transcriptional activity. As an amplifier of transcription in cancer cells that show MYC gain of function, it enhances the activity of existing transcriptional programs. In both situations, MYC must dimerize with MAX to be effective.
[0062] The human genome contains three MYC genes and corresponding proteins, c-MYC N-MYC and L-MYC. Unless otherwise noted, MYC is used herein to indicate the e-MYC protein. c-Myc can also act as a transcriptional repressor. By binding Miz-1 transcription factor and displacing the p300 co-activator, it inhibits expression of Miz-1 target genes. In addition, Myc has a direct role in the control of DNA replication. Myc is activated upon various mitogenic signals such as Wnt, Shh and EGF (via the MAPK/ERK pathway). By modifying the expression of its target genes, Myc activation results in numerous biological effects. The first to be discovered was its capability to drive cell proliferation (upregulates 3ycling, downregulates p21), but it also plays a very important role in regulating cell growth (upregulates ribosomab RN.A and proteins), apoptosis (downregulates Bel-2), differentiation and stem cell self-renewal. Myc is a very strong proto-oncogene and it is very often found to be upregu!ated in many types of cancers. Myc overexpression stimulates gene amplification, presumably through DNA over-replication. As used herein, c-Myc signaling pathway or c- Myc mediated cellular activity refers to any biochemical effect or cellular response that will occur as a result of activation of Myc.
[0063] “Contacting” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species (e.g. chemical compounds including
biomolecules or cells) to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch.
It should be appreciated; however, the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents that can be produced in the reaction mixture.
[0064] The term “contacting” may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be a compound as described herein and a protein or enzyme. In some embodiments contacting includes allowing a compound described herein to interact with a protein or enzyme that is involved in a signaling pathway.
[0065] The term “associated” or “associated with” in the context of a substance or substance activity or function associated with a disease (e.g. a protein associated disease, a cancer (e.g., cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease)) means that the disease (e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease) is caused by (in whole or in part), or a symptom of the disease is caused by (in whole or in part) the substance or substance activity or function. As used herein, what is described as being associated with a disease, if a causative agent, could be a target for treatment of the disease.
[0066] The terms “disease” or “condition” refer to a state of being or health status of a patient or subject capable of being treated with the compounds or methods provided herein. The disease may be a cancer. The disease may be an autoimmune disease. The disease may be an inflammatory disease. The disease may be an infectious disease. In some further instances, “cancer” refers to human cancers and carcinomas, sarcomas, adenocarcinomas, lymphomas, leukemias, etc., including solid and lymphoid cancers, kidney, breast, lung, bladder, colon, ovarian, prostate, pancreas, stomach, brain, head and neck, skin, uterine, testicular, glioma, esophagus, and liver cancer, including hepatocarcinoma, lymphoma, including B-acute lymphoblastic lymphoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas (e.g., Burkitt’s,
Small Cell, and Large Cell lymphomas), Hodgkin’s lymphoma, leukemia (including AML, ALL, and CML), or multiple myeloma.
[0067] The abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts. The chemical structures and formulae set forth herein are constructed according to the standard rules of chemical valency known in the chemical arts.
[0068] Descriptions of compounds of the present disclosure are limited by principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, where a group may be substituted by one or more of a number of substituents, such substitutions are selected so as to comply with principles of chemical bonding and to give compounds which are not inherently unstable and/or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art as likely to be unstable under ambient conditions, such as aqueous, neutral, and several known physiological conditions. For example, a heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl is attached to the remainder of the molecule via a ring heteroatom in compliance with principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art thereby avoiding inherently unstable compounds.
[0069] Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., -CH2O- is equivalent to - OCH2-.
[0070] The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched carbon chain (or carbon), or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include mono-, di- and multivalent radicals. The alkyl may include a designated number of carbons (e.g., C1-C10 means one to ten carbons). Alkyl is an uncyclized chain. Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n- hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(l,4- pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (-O-).
An alkyl moiety may be an alkenyl moiety. An alkyl moiety may be an alkynyl moiety. An alkyl moiety may be fully saturated. An alkenyl may include more than one double bond and/or one or more triple bonds in addition to the one or more double bonds. An alkynyl may include more than one triple bond and/or one or more double bonds in addition to the one or more triple bonds.
[0071] The term “alkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by,
-CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred herein. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms. The term “alkenylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkene.
[0072] The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, including at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom (e.g., O, N, P, Si, or S), and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quatemized. The heteroatom(s) (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Heteroalkyl is an uncyclized chain. Examples include, but are not limited to: -CH2-CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)- CH3, -CH2-S-CH2-CH3, -CH2-S-CH2, -S(O)-CH3, -CH2-CH2-S(O)2-CH3, -CH=CH-O-CH3, - Si(CH3)3, -CH2-CH=N-OCH3, -CH=CH-N(CH3)-CH3, -O-CH3, -O-CH2-CH3, and -CN. Up to two or three heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3 and - CH2-O-Si(CH3)3. A heteroalkyl moiety may include one heteroatom (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P).
A heteroalkyl moiety may include two optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P). A heteroalkyl moiety may include three optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S,
Si, or P). A heteroalkyl moiety may include four optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P). A heteroalkyl moiety may include five optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P). A heteroalkyl moiety may include up to 8 optionally different heteroatoms (e.g., O, N, S, Si, or P). The term “heteroalkenyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a heteroalkyl including at least one double bond. A heteroalkenyl may optionally include more than one double bond and/or one or more triple bonds in addition to the one or more double bonds. The term “heteroalkynyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a heteroalkyl including at least one triple bond. A heteroalkynyl may optionally include more than one triple bond and/or one or more double bonds in addition to the one or more triple bonds.
[0073] Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, -CH2-CH2-S-CH2-CH2- and -CH2-S-CH2-CH2-NH-CH2-. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g.,
alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula - C(O)2R'- represents both -C(O)2R'- and -R'C(O)2-. As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as -C(O)R, -C(O)NR', -NR'R", -OR', -SR, and/or -SO2R'. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as - NR'R" or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and -NR'R" are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as -NR'R" or the like.
[0074] The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are not aromatic. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1- (1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3- morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
[0075] In embodiments, the term “cycloalkyl” means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkyl ring system. In embodiments, monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups can be saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic. In embodiments, cycloalkyl groups are fully saturated. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Bicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are bridged monocyclic rings or fused bicyclic rings. In embodiments, bridged monocyclic rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring where two non adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of between one and three additional carbon atoms (i.e., a bridging group of the form (CH2)w, where w is 1, 2, or 3).
Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane, bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, and bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane. In embodiments, fused bicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems contain a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl. In embodiments, the bridged or fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the monocyclic cycloalkyl ring. In embodiments, cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia. In embodiments, the fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl ring fused to either a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein the fused bicyclic cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia. In embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. In embodiments, the multicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl. Examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to tetradecahydrophenanthrenyl, perhydrophenothiazin-l-yl, and perhydrophenoxazin-l-yl.
[0076] In embodiments, a cycloalkyl is a cycloalkenyl. The term “cycloalkenyl” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning. In embodiments, a cycloalkenyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkenyl ring system. In embodiments, monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups are unsaturated (i.e., containing at least one annular carbon carbon
double bond), but not aromatic. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. In embodiments, bicyclic cycloalkenyl rings are bridged monocyclic rings or a fused bicyclic rings. In embodiments, bridged monocyclic rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring where two non adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of between one and three additional carbon atoms (i.e., a bridging group of the form (CH2)w, where w is 1, 2, or 3). Representative examples of bicyclic cycloalkenyls include, but are not limited to, norbomenyl and bicyclo[2.2.2]oct 2 enyl. In embodiments, fused bicyclic cycloalkenyl ring systems contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl. In embodiments, the bridged or fused bicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring. In embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia. In embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. In embodiments, the multicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
[0077] In embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl is a heterocyclyl. The term “heterocyclyl” as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or multicyclic heterocycle. The heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S where the ring is saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic. The 3 or 4 membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The 5 membered ring can contain zero or one double
bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
The 6 or 7 membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycle. Representative examples of heterocyclyl monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolinyl, thiadiazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorpholine sulfone), thiopyranyl, and trithianyl. The heterocyclyl bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to either a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocycle, or a monocyclic heteroaryl. The heterocyclyl bicyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle portion of the bicyclic ring system. Representative examples of bicyclic heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl, 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-3-yl, indolin-l-yl, indolin-2-yl, indolin-3-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothien-2-yl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydro-lH-indolyl, and octahydrobenzofuranyl. In embodiments, heterocyclyl groups are optionally substituted with one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia. In certain embodiments, the bicyclic heterocyclyl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl ring fused to a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein the bicyclic heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are independently oxo or thia. Multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. The multicyclic heterocyclyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring.
In embodiments, multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl. Examples of multicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to 1 OH-phenothiazin- 10-yl, 9, 10-dihydroacridin-9-yl, 9, 10-dihydroacridin- 10-yl, lOH-phenoxazin-10-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[b,f]azepin-5-yl, 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydropyrido[4,3-g]isoquinolin-2-yl, 12H-benzo[b]phenoxazin-12-yl, and dodecahydro- lH-carbazol-9-yl.
[0078] The terms “halo” or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C1-C4)alkyl” includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
[0079] The term “acyl” means, unless otherwise stated, -C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0080] The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently. A fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain at least one heteroatom such as N, O, or S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quatemized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at
least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, purinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazoyl benzimidazolyl, benzofuran, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothiophenyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1 -pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3 -pyrrolyl, 3 -pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4- imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3- thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5 -benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1 -isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3- quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively. A heteroaryl group substituent may be -O- bonded to a ring heteroatom nitrogen.
[0081] A fused ring heterocyloalkyl-aryl is an aryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl is a heteroaryl fused to a heterocycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to a cycloalkyl. A fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl is a heterocycloalkyl fused to another heterocycloalkyl. Fused ring heterocycloalkyl-aryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heteroaryl, fused ring heterocycloalkyl-cycloalkyl, or fused ring heterocycloalkyl-heterocycloalkyl may each independently be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substitutents described herein.
[0082] Spirocyclic rings are two or more rings wherein adjacent rings are attached through a single atom. The individual rings within spirocyclic rings may be identical or different. Individual rings in spirocyclic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted and may have different substituents from other individual rings within a set of spirocyclic rings. Possible substituents for individual rings within spirocyclic rings are the possible substituents for the same ring when not part of spirocyclic rings (e.g. substituents for cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl rings). Spirocylic rings may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene and individual rings within a spirocyclic ring group may be any of the immediately previous list, including having all rings of one type (e.g. all rings being substituted heterocycloalkylene wherein each ring may be the same or different substituted heterocycloalkylene). When referring to a spirocyclic ring system, heterocyclic spirocyclic rings means a spirocyclic rings wherein at least one ring is a heterocyclic ring and wherein each ring may be a different ring. When referring to a spirocyclic ring system, substituted spirocyclic rings means that at least one ring is substituted and each substituent may optionally be different.
[0083] The symbol - ” (a wavy line) denotes the point of attachment of a chemical moiety to the remainder of a molecule or chemical formula.
[0084] The term “oxo,” as used herein, means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
[0085] The term “alkylsulfonyl,” as used herein, means a moiety having the formula -S(O2)-R', where R' is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group as defined above. R' may have a specified number of carbons (e.g., “ C1-C4 alkylsulfonyl”).
[0086] The term “alkylarylene” as an arylene moiety covalently bonded to an alkylene moiety (also referred to herein as an alkylene linker). In embodiments, the alkylarylene group has the formula:
[0087] An alkylarylene moiety may be substituted (e.g. with a substituent group) on the alkylene moiety or the arylene linker (e.g. at carbons 2, 3, 4, or 6) with halogen, oxo, -N3, - CF3, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CI3, -CN, -CHO, -OH, -NH2, -COOH, -CONH2, -NO2, -SH, -SO2CH3 - SO3H, , -OSO3H, -SO2NH2, -NHNH2, -ONH2, -NHC(O)NHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C5 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 5 membered heteroalkyl). In embodiments, the alkylarylene is unsubstituted.
[0088] Each of the above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “cycloalkyl,” “heterocycloalkyl,” “aryl,” and “heteroaryl”) includes both substituted and unsubstituted
forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
[0089] Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, -OR', =O, =NR', =N-OR, -NR'R", -SR', -halogen, - SiR'R"R", -OC(O)R', -C(O)R, -CO2R, -CONR'R", -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -NR- C(O)NR"R", -NR"C(O)2R, -NR-C(NR'R"R"')=NR"", -NR-C(NR'R")=NR"', -S(O)R', - S(O)2R, -S(O)2NR'R", -NRSO2R, -NR'NR'R'", -ONR'R", -NR'C(O)NR"NR"'R"", -CN, - NO2, -NR'SO2R", -NR'C(O)R", -NR'C(O)-OR", -NR'OR", in a number ranging from zero to (2m'+l), where rri is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R, R, R", R", and R"" each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a compound described herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R, R", R", and R"" group when more than one of these groups is present. When R and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7- membered ring. For example, -NR'R" includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4- morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF3 and -CH2CF3) and acyl (e.g., - C(O)CH3, -C(O)CF3, -C(O)CH20CH3, and the like).
[0090] Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: -OR', -NR'R", -SR, - halogen, -SiR'R'R", -OC(O)R, -C(O)R, -CO2R, -CONR'R", -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R, - NR'-C(O)NR"R", -NR"C(O)2R, -NR-C(NR'R"R"')=NR"", -NR-C(NRR")=NR", -S(O)R, - S(O)2R, -S(O)2NR'R", -NRSOZR, -NR'NR'R", -ONR'R", -NR'C(O)NR"NR'"R"", -CN, - NO2, -R, -N3, -CH(Ph)2, fluoro( C1-C4)alkoxy, and fluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, -NRSO2R", - NRC(O)R", -NR'C(O)-OR", -NR'OR", in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R, R", R", and R"" are preferably
independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound described herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R, R", R", and R"" groups when more than one of these groups is present.
[0091] Substituents for rings (e.g. cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylene, heterocycloalkylene, arylene, or heteroaryl ene) may be depicted as substituents on the ring rather than on a specific atom of a ring (commonly referred to as a floating substituent). In such a case, the substituent may be attached to any of the ring atoms (obeying the rules of chemical valency) and in the case of fused rings or spirocyclic rings, a substituent depicted as associated with one member of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on a single ring), may be a substituent on any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings (a floating substituent on multiple rings). When a substituent is attached to a ring, but not a specific atom (a floating substituent), and a subscript for the substituent is an integer greater than one, the multiple substituents may be on the same atom, same ring, different atoms, different fused rings, different spirocyclic rings, and each substituent may optionally be different. Where a point of attachment of a ring to the remainder of a molecule is not limited to a single atom (a floating substituent), the attachment point may be any atom of the ring and in the case of a fused ring or spirocyclic ring, any atom of any of the fused rings or spirocyclic rings while obeying the rules of chemical valency. Where a ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings contain one or more ring heteroatoms and the ring, fused rings, or spirocyclic rings are shown with one more floating substituents (including, but not limited to, points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule), the floating substituents may be bonded to the heteroatoms. Where the ring heteroatoms are shown bound to one or more hydrogens (e.g. a ring nitrogen with two bonds to ring atoms and a third bond to a hydrogen) in the structure or formula with the floating substituent, when the heteroatom is bonded to the floating substituent, the substituent will be understood to replace the hydrogen, while obeying the rules of chemical valency.
[0092] Two or more substituents may optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups. Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure. In one embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure. For
example, two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure. In another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure. In yet another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to non- adjacent members of the base structure.
[0093] Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)-(CRR')p-U-, wherein T and U are independently -NR-, -O-, -CRR'-, or a single bond, and p is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r-B-, wherein A and B are independently -CRR'-, -O-, -NR.-, -S-, -S(O) -, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR'-, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula - (CRR')s-X'- (C"R"R"')d-, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X' is - O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, or -S(O)2NR-. The substituents R, R, R", and R" are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0094] As used herein, the terms “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
[0095] A “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
(A) oxo, halogen, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CF3, -CI3, -CH2CI, -CH2Br, -CH2F, -CH2I, -CHCh, -CHBr2, -CHF2, -CHI2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, -COOH, -CONH2, -NO2, -SH, -SO3H,
-SO4H, -SO2NH2, -NHNH2, -ONH2, -NHC(O)NHNH2, -NHC(O)NH2, -NHSO2H, -NHC(O)H, -NHC(O)0H, -NHOH, -OCCI3, -OCF3, -OCBr3, -OCI3,-OCHCl2,
-OCHBr2, -OCHI2, -0CHF2, -N3, unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8
cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), and
(B) alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
(i) oxo, halogen, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CF3, -CI3, -CH2CI, -CH2Br, -CH2F, -CH2I, -CHCb, -CHBr2, -CHF2, -CHI2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, -COOH, -CONH2, -NO2, -SH, -SO3H,
-SO4H, -SO2NH2, -NHNH2, -ONH2, -NHC(O)NHNH2, -NHC(O)NH2, -NHSO2H, -NHC(O)H, -NHC(O)0H, -NHOH, -OCCI3, -OCF3, -OCBr3, -OCI3,-OCHCl2,
-OCHBr2, -OCHI2, -0CHF2, -N3, unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), and
(ii) alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
(a) oxo, halogen, -CCb, -CBr3, -CF3, -Cb, -CH2C1, -CH2Br, -CH2F, -CH2I,
-CHCb, -CHBr2, -CHF2, -CHI2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, -COOH, -CONH2, -NO2, -SH,
-S03H, -SO4H, -S02NH2, -NHNH2, -ONH2, -NHC(O)NHNH2, -NHC(O)NH2,
-NHS02H, -NHC(O)H, -NHC(O)0H, -NHOH, -0CC13, -OCF3, -OCBr3, -OCI3,
-OCHCb, -OCHBr2, -OCHI2, -OCHF2, -N3, unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to
8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), and
(b) alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl), substituted with at least one substituent selected from: oxo, halogen, -CCb, -CBr3, -CF3, -Cb, -CH2C1, -CH2Br,
-CH2F, -CH2I, -CHCl2, -CHBr2, -CHF2, -CHI2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, -COOH, -CONH2, -NO2, -S H, -SO3H, -SO4H, -SO2NH2, -NHNH2, -ONH2, -NHC(O)NHNH2,
-NHC(O)NH2, -NHSO2H, -NHC(O)H, -NHC(O)0H, -NHOH, -OCCb, -OCF3,
-OCBr3, -OCb, -OCHCb, -OCHBr2, -OCHb, -OCHF2, -N3, unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C4 alkyl), unsubstituted heteroalkyl (e.g., 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, 2 to 6 membered heteroalkyl, or 2 to 4 membered heteroalkyl), unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or C5-C6 cycloalkyl), unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl (e.g., 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl, or 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., C6-C10 aryl, C10 aryl, or phenyl), or unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl, or 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl).
[0096] A “size-limited substituent” or “ size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,”
wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 aryl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl.
[0097] A “lower substituent” or “ lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3- C7 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl.
[0098] In some embodiments, each substituted group described in the compounds herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. More specifically, in some embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene described in the compounds herein are substituted with at least one substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.
[0099] In other embodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl may be a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C6- C10 aryl, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5
to 10 membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 arylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl ene.
[00100] In some embodiments, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 aryl, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9 membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 arylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9 membered heteroarylene. In some embodiments, the compound is a chemical species set forth in the Examples section, figures, or tables below.
[00101] In embodiments, a substituted or unsubstituted moiety (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and/or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene) is unsubstituted (e.g., is an unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl,
unsubstituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted alkylene, unsubstituted heteroalkylene, unsubstituted cycloalkylene, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, unsubstituted arylene, and/or unsubstituted heteroaryl ene, respectively). In embodiments, a substituted or unsubstituted moiety (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, and/or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene) is substituted (e.g., is a substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene, respectively).
[00102] In embodiments, a substituted moiety (e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene) is substituted with at least one substituent group, wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of substituent groups, each substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of substituent groups, each substituent group is different.
[00103] In embodiments, a substituted moiety (e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene) is substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group, wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of size-limited substituent groups, each size-limited substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of size-limited substituent groups, each size-limited substituent group is different.
[00104] In embodiments, a substituted moiety (e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted
heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene) is substituted with at least one lower substituent group, wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of lower substituent groups, each lower substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of lower substituent groups, each lower substituent group is different.
[00105] In embodiments, a substituted moiety (e.g., substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substituted heteroarylene) is substituted with at least one substituent group, size-limited substituent group, or lower substituent group; wherein if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of groups selected from substituent groups, size-limited substituent groups, and lower substituent groups; each substituent group, size-limited substituent group, and/or lower substituent group may optionally be different. In embodiments, if the substituted moiety is substituted with a plurality of groups selected from substituent groups, size-limited substituent groups, and lower substituent groups; each substituent group, size-limited substituent group, and/or lower substituent group is different.
[00106] Certain compounds of the present disclosure possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)-or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. The compounds of the present disclosure do not include those that are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate. The present disclosure is meant to include compounds in racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. When the compounds described herein contain olefmic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
[00107] As used herein, the term “isomers” refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
[00108] The term “tautomer,” as used herein, refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
[00109] It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that certain compounds of this disclosure may exist in tautomeric forms, all such tautomeric forms of the compounds being within the scope of the disclosure.
[00110] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
[00111] It should be noted that throughout the application that alternatives are written in Markush groups, for example, each amino acid position that contains more than one possible amino acid. It is specifically contemplated that each member of the Markush group should be considered separately, thereby comprising another embodiment, and the Markush group is not to be read as a single unit.
[0005] “Analog,” or “analogue” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning within Chemistry and Biology and refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another compound (i.e., a so-called “reference” compound) but differs in composition, e.g., in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element, or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group, or the absolute stereochemistry of one or more chiral centers of the reference compound. Accordingly, an analog is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance but not in structure or origin to a reference compound.
[0006] As used herein, common organic abbreviations are defined as follows:
Ac Acetyl
ACN Acetonitrile
ADME Absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion aq. Aqueous
BOC or Boc tert-Butoxy carbonyl
BSA Bovine serum Albumin
°C Temperature in degrees Centigrade
DCM dichloromethane
DIEA Diisopropylethylamine
DIPEA N,N -Dii sopropy 1 ethyl amine
DMF Af,Af'-Di methyl form amide
DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide
EDC 1 -Ethyl-3 -(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
EDTA Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
Et Ethyl
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
Eq Equivalents
Fmoc 9-Fluorenylmethoxy carbonyl g Gram(s) hr Hour (hours)
HEPES 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethanesulfonic acid
HPLC High-performance liquid chromatography
HPLC/MS High-performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
LC/MS Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
Me Methyl mg milligrams
MeOH Methanol mL Milliliter(s) mL / uL Microliter(s) mol moles mmol millimoles mmol/umol micromoles
MS mass spectrometry
NHS N-Hydroxysuccinimide
PBS Phosphate-buffered saline
Phe Phenylalanine
Pip piperidine
RP-HPLC Reverse phase HPLC
SPR Surface plasmon resonance rt Room temperature t-Bu tert-Butyl
TCEP Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine
TFA Trifluoracetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
I. Overview
[00113] c-MYC drives a variety of pro-growth and anti-apoptotic genes and is frequently overexpressed in cancer. Accordingly, inhibition of oncogenic transformation caused by c- MYC would represent a potent chemotherapeutic strategy with wide ranging utility in treating both solid tumors and leukemia. A simple and cost effective high-throughput screening assay for identifying MYC inhibitor scaffolds using a fluorescent small molecule probe is described herein. The fluorescent probe is derived from the inhibitor chemical scaffold, KJ-Pyr-9, that has been shown to: 1. specifically bind MYC and MYC-MAX with excellent affinity; 2. inhibit MYC-driven oncogenic transformation and MYC-dependent transcriptional regulation; 3. interfere with tumor growth in a MYC-driven model; 4. be specific for MYC relative to the other oncogenic transformation factors Src, Jun, and PI3K H1047R; 5. revert the transcriptional signature of MYC to that of a tetracycline-induced knockdown in P493-6 cells (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561). [00114] While an effective inhibitor, KJ-Pyr-9 lacks the drug-like qualities (ADME/Tox) required for clinical application and the scaffold is not amenable to extensive derivatization without compromising affinity and specificity (Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239).
II. Compositions
[00115] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of formula I:
Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl;
L1 is bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore.
[00116] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH.
[00117] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently halogen. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently C1-C5 alkyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently -OH.
[00118] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently methyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently ethyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently propyl.
[00119] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen.
[00120] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen, C1-C5 alkoxy, halogen, thiazolyl, -NO2, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN.
[00121] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In embodiments, R3 is halogen. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2. In embodiments, R3 is C1-C5 alkoxy. In embodiments, R3 is -OMe. In embodiments, R3 is thiazolyl.
[00122] In embodiments, R3 is -CN.
[00123] In embodiments, L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or - NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-.
[00124] In embodiments, Q is a coumarin derivative.
1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
III. Screening Methods
[00127] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of identifying a test compound as a MYC inhibitor, the method comprising: (a) incubating a fluorescent probe with MYC, thereby forming a probe-MYC complex; (b) incubating the test compound with the probe- MYC complex; (c) measuring emission from test compound incubated with probe-MYC complex (d) identifying the test compound as MYC inhibitor when detected fluorescence signal decreased in the presence of the test compound relative to the detected fluorescence signal in the absence of the test compound.
[00128] In embodiments, a probe-MYC complex includes a fluorescent probe and a MYC. In embodiments, the probe-MYC complex is formed by incubating or contacting a fluorescent probe with a MYC protein. In embodiments, the fluorescent probe is non- covalently bound to the MYC. In embodiments, the fluorescent probe is covalently bound to the MYC.
[00129] In embodiments, fluorescence signal from the fluorescent probe increases when fluorescent probe is incubated or contacted with a MYC protein. In embodiments, the fluorescence of probe-MYC complex is higher than fluorescence of the fluorescent probe alone.
[00130] In embodiments, the fluorescent probe contacts a MYC protein amino acid corresponding to Lys 397, Lys 398, Ala 399, Thr 400, Ala 401, Tyr 402, He 403, and Leu 404, as shown in FIG. 6. In embodiments, the fluorescent probe contacts a MYC protein amino acid corresponding to Lys 397, Ala 401, and Leu 404.
[00131] In embodiments, the fluorescent probe contacts at least one amino acid residue of the MYC protein. In embodiments, the fluorescent probe contacts multiple amino acids of the MYC protein.
[00132] In embodiments, a MYC inhibitor is selected from a library by screening. In embodiments, fluorescence of probe-MYC complex is compared in the presence and in the absence of a test compound.
[00133] Some test compounds decrease fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex. Some test compounds do not affect the fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex (see figure 1 A). Test compounds decreasing fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex are competing MYC inhibitors and may be selected for further studies from the initial screen.
[00134] In embodiments, identified test compounds produce at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 99% decrease in fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex upon incubation. In embodiments, identified test compounds produce at least 25%, at least 35%, at least 45%, at least 55%, at least 65%, at least 75%, at least 85%, at least 95%, or at least 99% decrease in fluorescence of the probe-MYC complex upon incubation.
[00135] In embodiments, the fluorescent probe incubated or contacted with MYC protein is a compound of formula I:
Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl;
L1 is bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-, -NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore.
[00136] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH.
[00137] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently halogen. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently C1-C5 alkyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently -OH.
[00138] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently methyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently ethyl. In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently propyl.
[00139] In embodiments, each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen.
[00140] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen, C1-C5 alkoxy, halogen, thiazolyl, -NO2, or -CN. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN.
[00141] In embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In embodiments, R3 is halogen. In embodiments, R3 is -NO2. In embodiments, R3 is C1-C5 alkoxy. In embodiments, R3 is -OMe. In embodiments, R3 is thiazolyl.
[00142] In embodiments, R3 is -CN.
[00143] In embodiments, L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or - NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-. In embodiments, L1 is -NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-.
[00144] In embodiments, Q is a coumarin derivative.
[00146] In embodiments, the fluorescent probe incubated or contacted with MYC protein is:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
IV. Pharmaceutical compositions
[00147] In an aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition including a MYC inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition including a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[00148] In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a tablet, a powder, a capsule, a pill, a cachet, or a lozenge as described herein. The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated as a tablet, capsule, pill, cachet, or lozenge for oral administration. The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for dissolution into a solution for administration by such techniques as, for example, intravenous administration. The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for oral administration, suppository administration, topical administration, intravenous administration, intraperitoneal administration, intramuscular administration, intralesional administration, intrathecal administration, intranasal administration, subcutaneous administration, implantation, transdermal administration, or transmucosal administration as described herein.
[00149] The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, etc.
[00150] In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may include optical isomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, isoforms, polymorphs, hydrates, solvates or products, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound described herein. The compound described herein (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) included in the pharmaceutical composition may be covalently attached to a carrier moiety, as described above. In embodiments, the compound described herein (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) included in the pharmaceutical composition is not covalently linked to a carrier moiety. A combination of covalently and not covalently linked compound described herein may be in a pharmaceutical composition herein.
[00151] In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a second agent. In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a second agent in a therapeutically effective amount.
[00152] The compound described herein (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may be administered alone or co-administered to a subject in need thereof with a
second agent. Co-administration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration as described herein of the compound described herein individually or in combination (e.g. more than one compound - e.g. second agent).
V. Methods of use
[00153] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00154] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
[00155] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00156] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00157] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
[00158] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00159] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00160] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
[00161] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00162] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth, comprising contacting MYC with a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00163] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor.
[00164] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular growth, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00165] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject a MYC inhibitor. In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor.
[00166] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00167] In an aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00168] In another aspect, a MYC inhibitor for use as a medicament is provided. In further aspects, a MYC inhibitor for use in a method of treatment is provided. In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the MYC inhibitor as identified herein.
[00169] In another aspect, a MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments, for use as a medicament is provided. In further aspects, a MYC inhibitor as identified herein,
including embodiments, for use in a method of treatment is provided. In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, said method including administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the MYC inhibitor as identified herein, including embodiments.
[00170] In embodiments, the disease or disorder (e.g., tumor growth) can be is associated with or mediated by abnormal c-Myc expression or biochemical activities. In embodiments, the disease is cancer. In embodiments, the cancer is colon, breast, cervical, small cell lung carcinomas, osteosarcomas, glioblastomas, melanoma or myeloid leukemia.
[00171] In embodiments, the cancers and tumors suitable for treatment with compositions and methods can be those present in a variety of tissues and organs. They also include cancer cells, tumor cells, which include malignant tumor cells, and the like that are found in the component cells of these tissues and/or organs. Examples include brain tumors (glioblastoma multiforme and the like), spinal tumors, maxillary sinus cancer, cancer of the pancreatic gland, gum cancer, tongue cancer, lip cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, mesopharyngeal cancer, hypopharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, lung cancer, pleural tumors, cancerous peritonitis, cancerous pleuritis, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, bile duct cancer, gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, hepatic cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, penile cancer, testicular tumors, cancer of the adrenal glands, uterocervical cancer, endometrial cancer, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, ovarian cancer, ciliated epithelial cancer, malignant bone tumors, soft-tissue sarcomas, breast cancer, skin cancer, malignant melanomas, basal cell tumors, leukemia, myelofibrosis with myeloid metaplasia, malignant lymphoma tumors, Hodgkin's disease, plasmacytomas, and gliomas.
EXAMPLES
[00172] The following examples are meant to be illustrative and can be used to further understand embodiments of the present disclosure and should not be construed as limiting the scope of the present teachings in any way.
[00173] The chemical reactions described in the Examples can be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds of the present disclosure, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds of this disclosure are deemed to be within the scope of this
disclosure. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds according to the present disclosure can be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, or by making routing modifications of reaction conditions, reagents, and starting materials. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the present disclosure.
[00174] Reactions were carried out under atmospheric conditions and all reagents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification. Reactions were monitored using thin-layer chromatography (TLC) or high-performance liquid chromatography-MS (HPLC-MS). TLC was performed using Merck precoated analytical plates (0.25 mm thick, silica gel 60 F254) and visualized under UV light. HPLC-MS analysis was performed on an Agilentl260 Infinity II instrument coupled to a single quadrupole InfmityLab LC/MSD instrument running a linear gradient of eluent A (0.1% formic acid in H20) and eluent B (0.1% formic acid in MeCN) from 0 to 95% of A during t = 0-6 min and then with eluent B from t = 6-10 min, at a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min on a Zorbax300SB-C8 column at 35°.
Synthetic Examples
1
[00175] 4-(2-(4-cyanophenyl)-6-(furan-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl)benzoic acid 10 was synthesized as previously described in Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239, incorporated herein in its entirety.
[00176] 4-(2-(4-cyanophenyl)-6-(furan-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl)benzoic acid 10 (82.9 μmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) followed by the addition of /V-hydroxysuccinimide (248.7 μmol) and /VpY-diisopropylcarbodiimide (182.3 μmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Reaction completion was determined by HPLC-MS. The solution was extracted with DCM and washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
[00177] The crude (not isolated) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) with /V-Boc- ethylenediamine (91.2 μmol) and stirred at room temperature for 5 hr. The solution was extracted with DCM and washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
[00178] The crude (not isolated) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (7 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.4 mL) was added while stirring at room temperature. Deprotection of the hoc group was monitored by HPLC-MS. Once complete, the mixture was poured into
diethyl ether (15 mL) to precipitate a white solid which was rinsed diethyl ether and dried on the frit.
[00179] The solid and 7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid A-succinimidyl ester 11 (48.3 μmol) were dissolved in a solution of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (96.6 μmol) and DMF (1 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the oil was dissolved in minimal MeOH before purification by preparative TLC (1:10 MeOH:DCM) to yield a yellow solid (24.9 μmol, 30.1%).
[00180] 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.29 (br.t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (br.t, J= 4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.76 (m, 5H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J= 3.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.73- 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.44 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 4H), 1.23 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDCh) d 166.9, 165.8, 162.8, 157.9, 155.6, 153.6, 153.0, 150.3, 149.6, 148.5, 143.8, 143.4, 140.9, 135.2, 132.7, 131.4, 128.2, 127.8, 127.3, 117.3, 116.2, 112.7, 112.4, 110.3, 109.8, 109.5, 108.4, 96.7, 45.3, 42.9, 39.4, 29.8, 12.5. HPLC, tR 7.74 min (>98%, UV280). HRMS (ES+) m/z calcd for [C39H34N5O5] + : 652.2554; found 652.2568.
Biological Examples
Example Bl: Fluorescence enhancement of fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC.
[00181] Fluorescent probe 1 (5 pM) was incubated with varying concentrations of MYC protein (1:3 dilution in buffer - 50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 2% DMSO - 6.68pM-1.6nM) for 1 hr. at 21°C. 1 Figure 2 shows increase in fluorescence of 1 with increasing concentrations of MYC. Under these conditions 1 exhibited a dose-dependent emission increase.
Example B2: Fluorescence perturbation of coumarin derivatives compared to fluorescent probe 1 in the presence of MYC.
[00182] Dilution series of MYC (2 pM-0.9 nM, 1 :3) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween20 0.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without fluorophore (0.8 mM). Plates were incubated for 1 hr. at room temperature before measuring emission at the maximum excitation: 1 (424 nm), 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin (375 nm), or 7-amino-4- methylcoumarin (339 nm). Emission values from wells with fluorophore were subtracted by
the respective wells without fluorophore. Emission was measured using SpectraMax i3x (Molecular Devices)
[00183] Figure 3 (top panel) shows a dose-dependent fluorescence increase upon incubation of MYC with 1. Coumarin derivatives evaluated under the same conditions exhibited the opposite effect (Figure 3, middle and bottom panels), an emission decrease, suggesting the KJ-Pyr-9 scaffold (i.e. inhibition of MYC) is required for the emission increase of 1.
Example B3: Competition Assays.
[00184] The dose-dependent fluorescence increase of 1 upon incubation with MYC was further evaluated by the addition of established MYC inhibitors KJ-Pyr-9, 10058-F4, and 10074-G5 to displace 1 and attenuate the emission increase. Solutions of 1 (0.8 mM) in buffer (50 mM MES, pH 6.0, Tween200.01%, BSA 0.002%, DMSO 2%) were prepared with and without MYC (1 mM). These solutions were plated in 96-well black half-area plates, and known MYC inhibitors KJ-Pyr-9, 10058-F4 and 10074-G5, from DMSO stocks were added and serially diluted across wells (1 :3 dilution, 100 pM - 45.7 nM) with a final volume of 90 μL. The plates were incubated (1 hr, 21 °C, dark) before fluorescence was measured (excitation: 424 nm, emission: 470 nm), as shown in figure 4. To limit the influence of independent fluorescence attenuation, control wells without MYC were measured, and their fluorescence values were subtracted from wells with MYC. IC50 values were determined by fitting the points to a log(inhibitor) vs. response equation in GraphPad Prism: Y =
where X is the log(inhibitor, pM), Y is the emission, and Top and
Bottom are the Y Plateaus. Data are presented as the average of three replicates ± SD.
Example B4: KJ-Pyr-9 Scaffold Specificity and Affinity.
[00185] A pulldown study was performed to investigate the ability of the KJ-Pyr-9 scaffold to sequester MYC within a complex cell lysate and to determine if manipulation of the amide would hinder engagement in this context. Both active (2) and inactive (3) biotinylation probes were prepared based on previously reported inhibitors (Jacob et ak,
2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239), and binding rates mirrored those of their progenitors by bio-layer interferometry (BLI).
2 3
[00186] Bio-layer Interferometry (BLI): Streptavidin sensors (ForteBio) were equilibrated in buffer consisting of 50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 0.1% BSA, 0.02% Tween-20 and 10 mM NaCl (note: NaCl concentration optimized for individual sensor trays) for five minutes, and this buffer was used throughout the experiment. Sensors were then subjected to real-time kinetic analysis in the following steps: baseline (60 s), ligand loading (2/3-250 nM, 1% DMSO, 180 s), quenching (biocytin-10 ug/mL, 60 s), baseline (60 s), association (MYC-150-100 nM, 90 s), dissociation (240 s). Kinetic analysis was carried out using ForteBio Analysis 9.0 software provided with the instrument and the data fitted with a 2: 1 (heterogenous ligand) model (R2 = 0.99).
[00187] Pulldown experiment: P493-6 cells were cultured as previously described (Gossen et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 89, 5547-5551; Schuhmacher et al., 1999, Curr. Biol., 9, 1255-12580). After reaching a density of 1 x 106 cells/mL, cultures were transferred to tubes (1 mL/tube) and pelleted by centrifugation (2500 x g, 10 min). The pellets were rinsed with HEPES buffer (30 mM HEPES, 50 mM NaCl, 0.005% Tween20, 3 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and centrifuged to remove supernatant (2500 x g, 10 min). Proteins were extracted from pellets (10 μL) according to the protocol in the M-PER instructions (Thermo Fisher, #78501). Pierce high capacity streptavidin agarose (200 μL) was rinsed with MES buffer (600 μL, 50 mM MES, pH 6.0) three times before incubation (12 hr, rt) with the biotinylated compound (60 nmol, 2 or 3) in 5% DMSO MES buffer (600 μL). The resins were then rinsed with MES as described above to remove unbound compound.
[00188] Extracted P493-6 cell lysates (100 mE) and purified MYC (100 μL, 1.5 mM) were added to the ligand-bound resins and gently mixed (24 hr, rt). The mixtures were centrifuged (500 x g, 2 min, rt) to remove supernatant and the resin was washed three times with MES buffer (600 μL, 15 min, rt) and once with 4% DMSO MES buffer (600 μL, 15 min, rt). The respective competitor (90 nmol, unlabeled 2 or 3) was added in MES buffer (600 μL, 3% DMSO) and gently mixed (3 hr, rt). The supernatant was isolated by centrifugation (500 x g,
2 min, rt). All washes and elutions were evaluated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis with Bolt LDS sample buffer, Bolt premade 17-well gel (4-12% Bis-Tris Plus), and MES SDS running buffer. Gels were visualized by silver stain (SilverSNAP, #24602, Pierce) or western blot (c-Myc 9E10, Horseradish peroxidase, Super Signal West Dura, iBlot 2 NC mini). MYC enrichment observed by western blot and was quantified relative to lysate by ImageJ to determine the percent retained by the resin. The immobilized inhibitor 2 was able to demonstrate high specificity by enriching MYC in P493-6 cell lysates and eluting it when incubated with the original inhibitor (data not shown).
[00189] Binding affinity and ability to inhibit MYC-MAX DNA complexation were evaluated by previously described SPR methods (Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239): Briefly, the binding of KJ-Pyr-9 and 1 against MYC-monomer and MYC-MAX- dimer proteins were evaluated using SPR technique.
[00190] MYC monomer protein and MYC-MAX dimer proteins were immobilized onto the CM5 sensor chip surface (GE Healthcare Life Sciences, # 29149603) via amine-coupling methodology aimed at a ligand density around 1,000 and 1,400 RUs, respectively. A Biacore 8K (GE Healthcare Life Sciences) built-in LMW single-cycle kinetics protocol was used for kinetics determination. The contact time was set as 120 s for each concentration, and the entire dissociation time was set as 3600 s. There were 5 concentrations per compound per cycle, each tested compound had its own blank buffer injection as reference. Compound KJ- Pyr-9 was made into stock solution of 30 mM using 100% DMSO, while 1 was made into stock solution of 10 mM using 100% DMSO. Each of the compounds were diluted using lx PBS-P + buffer with 1% DMSO to get working concentrations of KJ-Pyr-9 compound as 0.625, 1.250, 2.500, 5.000 and 10.000 μM and that of 1 as 0.123, 0.370, 1.111, 3.333, and 10.000 mM. The association rate constant (ka), dissociation rate constant (kd) and equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) values were calculated using Biacore Insight Evaluation software (ver. 3.0.11.15423) following the two-state reaction model with global fit parameters for reference, blank and solvent-corrected sensorgrams.
[00191] The blank and reference subtracted and solvent-corrected sensorgrams (dotted lines) and fitted curves (continuous lines) were presented. Surprisingly, 1 exhibited a lower equilibrium dissociation constant for MYC than KJ-Pyr-9 (0.38 mM vs. 3.5 mM, Figures 5A and 5B) and a significantly greater capacity to disrupt DNA complexation (figure 9A). Accordingly, affinity and specificity are retained when the amide of the KJ-Pyr-9 scaffold is manipulated.
Example B5: Inhibitor Binding Site.
[00192] Molecular Modeling: Calculations were performed with modules from the Schrodinger Small Molecule Drug Discovery Suite (Maestro), release 2018-3, using the OPLS3 force field for parameterization (Harder et al., 2016, J. Chem. Theory Comput., 12, 281-296). The X-ray co-crystal structure of the MYC/MAX/DNA complex (PDB 1NKP) was imported from the protein data bank and prepared with the Protein Preparation Wizard using default settings (Nair et al., 2003, Cell, 112, 193-205; Madhavi et al., 2013, J. Comput. Aided. Mol. Des., 27, 221-234). Ligands were imported into and prepared using LigPrep (Madhavi et al., 2013, J. Comput. Aided. Mol. Des., 27, 221-234). Docking was carried out using the Induced Fit Docking module in Glide (Sherman et al., 2006, J. Med. Chem., 49, 534-553). A receptor box grid center was built 20 A around the KKATAYIL peptide sequence of MYC (the binding residues derived from HDX-MS) and compounds were docked with Extra Precision Glide redocking and otherwise default settings, with the lowest energy binding mode represented (Friesner et al., 2006, J. Med. Chem., 49, 6177-6196). The binding pocket surrounding the binding region was predicted using SiteMap, and predicted chemical properties were calculated in QikProp (Halgren T., 2007, Chem. Biol. Drug Des., 69, 146- 148; Halgren T., 2009, J. Chem. Ihf. Model., 49, 377-389). Figures were generated using PyMol Molecular Graphics System (Schrodinger, LLC).
[00193] HDX-MS (hydrogen-deuterium exchange detected by mass spectrometry) experiments were performed to determine the inhibitor binding site. Differential HDX-MS experiments were conducted as previously described with a few modifications detailed below (Chalmers et al., 2006, Anal. Chem., 78, 1005-1014). Peptides were identified using tandem MS (MS/MS) with an Orbitrap mass spectrometer (Q Exactive Thermo Fisher). Product ion spectra were acquired in data-dependent mode with the top five most abundant ions selected for the product ion analysis per scan event. The MS/MS data files were submitted to Mascot (Matrix Science) for peptide identification. Peptides included in the HDX analysis peptide set
had a MASCOT score greater than 20. The MASCOT search was repeated against a decoy (reverse) sequence, and ambiguous identifications were ruled out and not included in the HDX peptide set.
[00194] MYC-MAX dimer (10 mM) was incubated (lh, rt) with the respective ligands at a 1:10 protein-to-ligand molar ratio. Next, 5 μL of sample was diluted into 20 μL D2O buffer (50 mM MES, pH 7.4; 28 mM NaCl) and incubated for various time points (0, 10, 60, 300, 900, and 3600 s) at 4 °C. The deuterium exchange was then slowed by mixing with 25 μL of cold (4 °C) 0.1 M Sodium Phosphate, 50 mM TCEP and 1% trifluoroacetic acid. Quenched samples were immediately injected into the HDX platform. Upon injection, samples were passed through an immobilized pepsin column (2 mm x 2 cm) at 200 μL min-1, and the digested peptides were captured on a 2 mm c 1 cm C8 trap column (Agilent) and desalted. Peptides were separated across a 2.1 mm x 5 cm C18 column (1.9 μL Hypersil Gold, Thermo Fisher) with a linear gradient of 4-40% MeCN and 0.3% formic acid, over 5 min. Sample handling, protein digestion and peptide separation were conducted at 4 °C. Mass spectrometric data were acquired using an Orbitrap mass spectrometer (Exactive, Thermo Fisher). The intensity weighted mean m/z centroid value of each peptide envelope was calculated and subsequently converted into a percentage of deuterium incorporation. This is accomplished determining the observed averages of the non-deuterated and fully deuterated spectra and using the conventional formula. Corrections for back-exchange were made based on an estimated 70% deuterium recovery and accounting for the known 80% deuterium content of the deuterium exchange buffer. HDX analyses were performed in triplicate, with single preparations of each purified protein/complex. Statistical significance for the differential HDX-MS data is determined by t-test for each time point and is integrated into the HDX-MS Workbench software.
[00195] The MYC-MAX dimer, in the presence of 1, exhibited reduced exchange in residues KKATAYIL (C-MYC397-404) of the MYC sequence relative to DMSO as demonstrated via deuterium exchange experiments (data not shown). This binding site, a depiction of which (based on molecular modeling) is shown in figure 6, is within the bHLH- LZ motif (C-MYC351-439), a critical interface for MYC-MAX dimerization. Based on these experiments, it is proposed that the accommodation of the cavity below the ion pair of E373 and K398 (figure 6) by an inhibitor distorts the positioning of the linked helix and hence disrupt the DNA binding properties of the dimeric MYC/MAX protein.
Example B6: Small Molecule High-Throughput Screening.
[00196] To assess the high-throughput screening potential of the competitive assay, a diversity library (N = 1408) was evaluated in triplicate in a 384-well format (data not shown). The competitive assay, described above, was scaled to 20 μL. Buffer was transferred to plates with an auto-dispenser, before compounds were added using a 100 nL pintool head affixed to a PerkinElmer FX instrument. Positive (10074-G5) and negative (DMSO) control wells were run on each plate with 16 replicates. Under these conditions, a high average Z’ factor was observed (0.71), hit rate (0.57%) and high plate-to-plate replicate fidelity (r2 > 0.78). These values were calculated using previously described equations. For the data normalization, activity of each compound was calculated on Avg + 3SD cutoff basis using the following equation:
Percent response of compound
where the “High Control” represents wells containing MYC+1+10074-G5 and the “Data Wells” represent wells containing both test compounds and the “Low Control” which contains MYC+l+DMSO.
[00197] A mathematical algorithm was used to determine active compounds. Two values were calculated: 1) the average percent response of all compounds tested for the screen, and 2) three times their standard deviation. The sum of these two values was used as a cutoff parameter, i.e. any compound that exhibited greater percent inhibition than the cutoff parameter (35.5% in the case here) was declared active. Using this cutoff, the diversity assay yielded 6 active compounds (“hits”). Six molecules were selected for evaluation, see figure 8, compounds 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
[00198] This assay was further validated using the dose-response curve of the reference 10074-G5, as shown in figure 7, and then the assay was miniaturized to a 1536-well format. The conditions were optimized, and a LOP AC (Library of Pharmacologically Active Compounds) pilot screen was run (N = 1280) in triplicate (Figure 7).
[00199] The protocol for the 1536-well plate format: 5 μL/well of MYC and fluorescent probe 1 were dispensed as follows: 50 mM MES pH 6 and 22.1 mM NaCl+ 1 mM MYC enzyme and 0.8 mM final 1. Then, 50 nL/well test compounds were pinned at 10 pM final concentration in 2% DMSO. The plates were centrifuged for 4 minutes at 1,000 rpm at room
temperature and incubated in the dark for 60 minutes at room temperature. Fluorescence was read using TECAN M200.
[00200] Raw assay data was imported into the Scripps’ corporate database and analyzed using Symyx software. The normalization of data and determination of cutoff parameter (23.74%) were performed as described above. The assay had excellent reproducibility, Z’ factor, and hit rate (1.25%) and identified 16 candidate inhibitors using the cutoff parameter 23.74%. In this HTS assay, 10074-G5 exhibited an IC50 of 1.2 mM and showed no evidence of creating artifactual fluorescence. Plate-to-plate reproducibility was excellent with a correlation of r2 > 0.9 and a slope very close to 1 (data not shown). A counter- screen assay was implemented to identify compounds acting as non-specific chromophores, enhancers of fluorescence, or optically interfere with fluorescence. The counter-screen titration assay is similar in format to the MYC inhibitor assay but employs a method wherein fluorescence in the presence of MYC, the probe 1 and the hit compound is subtracted by the fluorescence in the absence of MYC. Specifically, the titration assay employed the same reagents, protocols, and detection systems as the confirmation, but tested each of the selected/available compounds as 10-point dose-response titrations (3 -fold dilutions) in triplicate. The titration assay performance for inhibitors were consistent with an average Z’ of 0.87 ± 0.01 and a S:B of 8.59 ± 0.12. A four-parameter equation describing a sigmoidal dose-response curve was then fitted with adjustable baseline using Assay Explorer software (Symyx Technologies Inc.). The reported IC50 values were generated from fitted curves by solving for the X- intercept value at the 50% inhibition/activation level of the Y-intercept value. The following rule was used to declare a compound as “active” or “inactive”: Compounds with an IC50 greater than 10 mM were considered inactive. Compounds with an IC50 less than 10 pM were considered active. Of those, 7 compounds demonstrated nominal potency (IC50 < 10 pM) selective to MYC inhibitors.
Example B7: Evaluation of Screening Hits: Inhibition of MYC-MAX DNA Binding by SPR.
[00201] Select compounds from both the 384-well and 1536-well screens (N = 14) were evaluated by several orthogonal assays. The ability of the selected inhibitors (10 pM) to disrupt MYC-MAX DNA binding was assessed utilizing previously described SPR assays (see Example B4 above). As shown in figure 9A, while all compounds exhibited some level of inhibition, three molecules demonstrated greater inhibition than KJ-Pyr-9. Compounds KJ-Pyr-9, 5b and 5d are reported inhibitors (Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26,
4234-4239). Furthermore, predicted ADME properties display higher cell permeable, oral absorption, and solubility for the selected compounds over KJ-Pyr-9 (Table 1).
[00202] Table 1. Selected ADME properties calculated in QikProp. MW, molecular weight (g/mol); HBD, hydrogen bond donors; HBA, hydrogen bond acceptors; cLogP, predicted octanol/water partition coefficient; cLogS, predicted aqueous solubility (mol/L); predicted apparent non-active transport Caco-2 cell permeability (nm/sec); %Abs, predicted human oral absorption; Van der Waals polar surface area (PSA) of nitrogen and oxygen atoms (A2); Ro5, violations of Lipinski’s rule of five; Ro3, violations of Jorgensen’s rule of three: (LogS > -5.7, Caco2 > 22 nm/s, # primary metabolites <
Example B8: Evaluation of Screening Hits: CEF (Chicken Embryo Fibroblast) Oncogenic Transformation Assay.
[00203] MYC-induced oncogenic transformation in chicken embryo fibroblasts (CEF) was used as a secondary screen to determine inhibition of MYC in a biological setting. Cellular efficacy and specificity were evaluated by previously described CEF oncogenic transformation assays (Hart et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2014, 111, 12556-12561; Jacob et al., 2018, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 26, 4234-4239). Six of the fourteen compounds demonstrated the ability to reduce foci formation at concentrations 10 mM or lower (data not shown). These inhibitors were evaluated in the CEF assay with other oncoproteins (Src, Jun and PI3K). One lead, Compound 5, exhibited significant specificity. MYC specificity oncogenic transformation assay with KJ-Pyr-9 and 5 against virally induced oncogenic transformation by MYC, Src, Jun, or PI3K H1047R. The oncogenic activity of ATG-MYC was strongly inhibited by KJ-Pyr-9 and new lead compound 5, whereas the unrelated oncoproteins (Src, v- Jun, PI3K H1047R) were inhibited only at significantly higher concentrations, as shown in figure 9B.
[00204] Identified hits were structurally distinct from 1 and possessed favorable predicted drug-like properties. Furthermore, these molecules disrupted MYC-MAX DNA complexation and several inhibited oncogenic transformation in CEFs.
[00205] Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated herein in their entirety by reference.
Claims
1. A compound of formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl; L1 is bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-,
-NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, or -CN.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is -CN.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or -NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-.
The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is a coumarin derivative. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A method of identifying a test compound as a MYC inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a fluorescent probe with MYC, thereby forming a probe-MYC complex;
(b) incubating the test compound with the probe-MYC complex;
(c) measuring emission from test compound incubated with probe-MYC complex.
(d) identifying the test compound as MYC inhibitor when detected fluorescence signal decreased in the presence of the test compound relative to the detected fluorescence signal in the absence of the test compound. The method of claim 12, wherein the fluorescent probe is a compound of formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, -OH, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, -CN, thiazolyl, or C1-C5 alkyl; L1 is bond, -S(O)2-, -N(H)-, -O-, -S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(H)-, -N(H)C(O)-,
-NHC(O)NH-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, an amino acid, or a combination thereof; and Q is a fluorophore. The method of claim 13, wherein each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, or -OH. The method of claim 13, wherein each R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 is independently hydrogen. The method of claim 13, wherein R3 is hydrogen, halogen, thiazolyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, -NO2, or -CN. The method of claim 13, wherein R3 is -NO2, thiazolyl, or -CN. The method of claim 13, wherein R3 is -CN. The method of claim 13, wherein L1 is -C(O)-, unsubstituted alkylene or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or a combination thereof. The method of claim 13, wherein L1 is -NHCH2CH2NH- or -NHCH2CH2NHC(O)-. The method of claim 13, wherein Q is a coumarin derivative.
The method of claim 13, wherein Q is:
The method of claim 13, wherein the fluorescent probe is:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A method of inhibiting MYC-MAX dimerization, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23. A method of inhibiting transcriptional activation by MYC, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23. A method of inhibiting MYC-induced cellular proliferation, comprising contacting MYC with an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23. A MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a MYC inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 28, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23.
A method of treating a disease in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a MYC inhibitor, wherein the MYC inhibitor is identified by any one of the methods of claims 12-23. The method of claim 30, wherein the disease is cancer.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202163187573P | 2021-05-12 | 2021-05-12 | |
US63/187,573 | 2021-05-12 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022240641A1 true WO2022240641A1 (en) | 2022-11-17 |
Family
ID=84029364
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2022/027766 WO2022240641A1 (en) | 2021-05-12 | 2022-05-05 | High-throughput assay for identification of myc inhibitors |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2022240641A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2008063378A2 (en) * | 2006-11-01 | 2008-05-29 | Ventana Medical Systems, Inc. | Haptens, hapten conjugates, compositions thereof and method for their preparation and use |
US20140147929A1 (en) * | 2012-11-28 | 2014-05-29 | Washington University | Nanothermometer, Methods and Uses Therefor |
US20160264560A1 (en) * | 2013-12-11 | 2016-09-15 | Peter K. VOGT | Small molecule c-myc inhibitors |
WO2020014144A1 (en) * | 2018-07-09 | 2020-01-16 | The Scripps Research Institute | Improved compounds for myc inhibition |
-
2022
- 2022-05-05 WO PCT/US2022/027766 patent/WO2022240641A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2008063378A2 (en) * | 2006-11-01 | 2008-05-29 | Ventana Medical Systems, Inc. | Haptens, hapten conjugates, compositions thereof and method for their preparation and use |
US20140147929A1 (en) * | 2012-11-28 | 2014-05-29 | Washington University | Nanothermometer, Methods and Uses Therefor |
US20160264560A1 (en) * | 2013-12-11 | 2016-09-15 | Peter K. VOGT | Small molecule c-myc inhibitors |
WO2020014144A1 (en) * | 2018-07-09 | 2020-01-16 | The Scripps Research Institute | Improved compounds for myc inhibition |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
HART ET AL.: "Inhibitor of MYC identified in a Krohnke pyridine library", PNAS, vol. 111, no. 34, 2014, pages 12556 - 12561, XP055348955, DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1319488111 * |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7191828B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cancer | |
US20220396549A1 (en) | Small molecule inhibitors of the mcl-1 oncoprotein and uses therof | |
Singh et al. | Design of novel 3-pyrimidinylazaindole CDK2/9 inhibitors with potent in vitro and in vivo antitumor efficacy in a triple-negative breast cancer model | |
AU2017230437B2 (en) | Urea compound, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof | |
BR112021008516A2 (en) | CYCLIN DEPENDENT KINASE 7 INHIBITORS (CDK 7) | |
EP2909194A1 (en) | Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7) | |
US20230381180A1 (en) | Small molecule modulators of ksr-bound mek | |
JP2009532507A (en) | PI3 kinase antagonist | |
JP2010279363A (en) | New method for designing protein kinase inhibitor | |
CN109689641B (en) | Crystal form and salt form of substituted 2-hydrogen-pyrazole derivative and preparation method thereof | |
CA2939219A1 (en) | Compositions and methods using the same for treatment of neurodegenerative and mitochondrial disease | |
Wu et al. | Synthesis and biological evaluation of novel 2-arylamino-3-(arylsulfonyl) quinoxalines as PI3Kα inhibitors | |
JP2023520330A (en) | Small molecule inhibitor of oncogenic CHD1L with preclinical activity against colorectal cancer | |
EP4125861A2 (en) | Protein-protein interaction stabilizers | |
WO2021263188A1 (en) | Live cell engagement assay | |
US10154992B2 (en) | Compounds and methods for treating HIV infection | |
Liu et al. | Ring-opening of five-membered heterocycles conjugated 4-isopropylresorcinol scaffold-based benzamides as HSP90 inhibitors suppressing tumor growth in vitro and in vivo | |
WO2016176338A1 (en) | Small molecule ras ligands | |
KR20200081417A (en) | New agents targeting apoptosis inhibitor proteins | |
WO2022240641A1 (en) | High-throughput assay for identification of myc inhibitors | |
US11896589B2 (en) | Diazinyl amino acridines and medical uses thereof | |
JP2023507854A (en) | Stabilization of MHC complexes | |
Wang et al. | Discovery of FLT3-targeting PROTACs with potent antiproliferative activity against acute myeloid leukemia cells harboring FLT3 mutations | |
Faizan et al. | Novel Dihydropyrimidines as Promising EGFR & HER2 Inhibitors: Insights from Experimental and Computational Studies | |
TWI835909B (en) | Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7) |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22808068 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22808068 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |